US10336860B2 - Polymer compound and light emitting device using the same - Google Patents

Polymer compound and light emitting device using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US10336860B2
US10336860B2 US15/513,761 US201515513761A US10336860B2 US 10336860 B2 US10336860 B2 US 10336860B2 US 201515513761 A US201515513761 A US 201515513761A US 10336860 B2 US10336860 B2 US 10336860B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
optionally
represented
formula
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active, expires
Application number
US15/513,761
Other versions
US20170283546A1 (en
Inventor
Ken Sakakibara
Mio SHIRATORI
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd
Assigned to SUMITOMO CHEMICAL COMPANY, LIMITED reassignment SUMITOMO CHEMICAL COMPANY, LIMITED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SAKAKIBARA, KEN, SHIRATORI, Mio
Publication of US20170283546A1 publication Critical patent/US20170283546A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US10336860B2 publication Critical patent/US10336860B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/12Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/128
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L65/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D165/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/02Use of particular materials as binders, particle coatings or suspension media therefor
    • H01L51/0004
    • H01L51/0039
    • H01L51/0043
    • H01L51/50
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K71/00Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K71/10Deposition of organic active material
    • H10K71/12Deposition of organic active material using liquid deposition, e.g. spin coating
    • H10K71/13Deposition of organic active material using liquid deposition, e.g. spin coating using printing techniques, e.g. ink-jet printing or screen printing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/111Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/111Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
    • H10K85/115Polyfluorene; Derivatives thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/151Copolymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/12Copolymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/13Morphological aspects
    • C08G2261/135Cross-linked structures
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/141Side-chains having aliphatic units
    • C08G2261/1412Saturated aliphatic units
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/141Side-chains having aliphatic units
    • C08G2261/1414Unsaturated aliphatic units
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/148Side-chains having aromatic units
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/312Non-condensed aromatic systems, e.g. benzene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/314Condensed aromatic systems, e.g. perylene, anthracene or pyrene
    • C08G2261/3142Condensed aromatic systems, e.g. perylene, anthracene or pyrene fluorene-based, e.g. fluorene, indenofluorene, or spirobifluorene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/316Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain bridged by heteroatoms, e.g. N, P, Si or B
    • C08G2261/3162Arylamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/40Polymerisation processes
    • C08G2261/41Organometallic coupling reactions
    • C08G2261/411Suzuki reactions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/50Physical properties
    • C08G2261/51Charge transport
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/50Physical properties
    • C08G2261/52Luminescence
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/70Post-treatment
    • C08G2261/76Post-treatment crosslinking
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/90Applications
    • C08G2261/95Use in organic luminescent diodes
    • H01L51/5012
    • H01L51/5016
    • H01L51/5056
    • H01L51/5072
    • H01L51/5088
    • H01L51/5092
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/10Triplet emission
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/15Hole transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/16Electron transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/17Carrier injection layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/17Carrier injection layers
    • H10K50/171Electron injection layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a polymer compound and a light emitting device using the same.
  • An organic electroluminescent device (hereinafter, referred to also as “light emitting device”) can be suitably used for the application of a display and are recently attracting attention, because of high light emission efficiency and low driving voltage.
  • This light emitting device has organic layers such as a light emitting layer and a charge transporting layer.
  • Polymer compounds used for production of a light emitting device are investigated because an organic layer can be formed by application methods typified by an inkjet printing method, by use of the polymer compounds.
  • Patent document 1 describes a polymer compound comprising a constitutional unit derived from an aromatic hydrocarbon having a crosslinkable group in the side chain (the constitutional unit having a crosslinkable group contained in the polymer compound consists only of a constitutional unit derived from an aromatic hydrocarbon having a crosslinkable group in the side chain), as a material used in an organic layer of a light emitting device.
  • Patent document 2 describes a polymer compound containing at the terminal a constitutional unit composed of a crosslinkable group (the constitutional unit having a crosslinkable group contained in the polymer compound consists only of a constitutional unit at the terminal composed of a crosslinkable group), as a material used in an organic layer of a light emitting device.
  • these polymer compounds have a crosslinkable groups, it is possible that the polymer compound is subjected to an application method to form a film, then, the crosslinkable group is cross-linked by heating and the like, to form an organic layer which is substantially insoluble in a solvent. It is possible to laminate the other organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) on this organic layer by an application method.
  • the present invention has an object of providing a polymer compound excellent in crosslinkability. Also, the present invention has an object of providing a method for producing the polymer compound. Further, the present invention has an object of providing a composition comprising the polymer compound and a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound.
  • the present invention provides the following [1] to [14].
  • a polymer compound comprising:
  • constitutional unit represented by the following formula (2) at least one type of constitutional unit selected from the group consisting of constitutional units represented by the following formula (2) and constitutional units represented by the following formula (2′):
  • nT represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • nT represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • cT represents 0 or 1.
  • nT is 1 when cT is 0.
  • Q T represents a crosslinkable group selected from the following Group A of crosslinkable groups. When there are a plurality of Q T , they may be the same or different.
  • K T represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • K T represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar T represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • n represents 1 or 2.
  • mA represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • n represents 1 or 2.
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • K A represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • K A represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Q 1 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups. When there are a plurality of Q 1 , they may be the same or different.
  • mB represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • c represents 0 or 1.
  • mB represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • c represents 0 or 1.
  • Ar 3 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which at least one type of aromatic hydrocarbon ring and at least one type of heterocyclic ring are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar 2 and Ar 4 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Each of groups Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 optionally is bonded directly or via an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to a group and that is attached to the nitrogen atom to which that group is attached but that is different from that group itself, thereby forming a ring.
  • K B represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′′′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′′′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • K B represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′′′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent
  • R′′′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a
  • Q 2 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of Q 2 , they may be the same or different. At least one Q 2 is a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups.
  • R XL represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • n XL represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R XL represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • n XL represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • * represents a binding site.
  • the foregoing crosslinkable groups each optionally have a substituent.
  • Ar T is a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent, a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent, a phenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent or a dihydrophenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent (nT+1) hydrogen atoms attached directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring.
  • a 1 and a 2 each independently represent an integer of 0 or more.
  • Ar X1 and Ar X3 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar X2 and Ar X4 each independently represent an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, or a divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar X2 or Ar X4 may be the same or different at each occurrence.
  • R X1 , R X2 and R X3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R X2 or R X3 When there are a plurality of R X2 or R X3 , they may be the same or different at each occurrence.
  • R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R Y1 may be the same or different, and adjacent groups R Y1 may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • R Y1 is as defined above.
  • X Y1 represents a group represented by —C(R Y2 ) 2 —, —C(R Y2 ) ⁇ C(R Y2 )— or —C(R Y2 ) 2 —C(R Y2 ) 2 —, wherein R Y2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R Y2 may be the same or different, and groups R Y2 may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents.
  • nB, m, c, Ar 2 , Ar 3 , Ar 4 , K B and Q 2 are as defined above.
  • Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents.
  • mT, nT, cT, Q T , K T and Ar T are as defined above.
  • Z T represents a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents.
  • R C1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R C2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R C2 may be the same or different, and may be combined together to form a cyclic structure together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached);
  • Q′ represents Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs
  • Y′ represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom
  • Y′′ represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom
  • R C3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R C3 may be the same or different, and may be combined together to form a cyclic structure together with the tin atom to which they are attached).
  • a composition comprising:
  • At least one type of material selected from the group consisting of a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material, an electron injection material, a light emitting material, an antioxidant and a solvent.
  • the present invention can provide a polymer compound excellent in crosslinkability. Also, the present invention can provide a method for producing the polymer compound. Further, the present invention can provide a composition comprising the polymer compound and a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • i-Pr represents an isopropyl group
  • t-Bu represents a tert-butyl group.
  • a hydrogen atom may be a light hydrogen atom or a heavy hydrogen atom.
  • a solid line representing a bond to a central metal in a formula representing a metal complex denotes a coordinate bond or a covalent bond.
  • Polymer compound denotes a polymer having molecular weight distribution and having a polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight of 1 ⁇ 10 3 to 1 ⁇ 10 8 .
  • Low molecular weight compound denotes a compound having no molecular weight distribution and having a molecular weight of 1 ⁇ 10 4 or less.
  • Constant unit denotes a unit structure found once or more in a polymer compound.
  • Terminal constitutional unit denotes a unit present at the terminal in a polymer compound, and usually denotes a unit present at the terminal of the main chain in a polymer compound.
  • Terminal constitutional unit denotes a unit present at the terminal in a polymer compound, and usually denotes a unit present at the terminal of the main chain in a polymer compound.
  • two “terminal constitutional units” are present, and when two or more main chains are present in a polymer compound (in the case of a branched polymer compound), three or more “terminal constitutional units” are present.
  • Alkyl group may be any of linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the linear alkyl group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 1 to 50, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 4 to 20.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the branched alkyl groups is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 4 to 20.
  • the alkyl group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, an isoamyl group, a 2-ethylbutyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, a octyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 3-propylheptyl group, a decyl group, a 3,7-dimethyloctyl group, a 2-ethyloctyl group, a 2-hexyldecyl group and a dodecyl group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an ary
  • the number of carbon atoms of “cycloalkyl group” is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 4 to 20.
  • the cycloalkyl group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a cyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylmethyl group and a cyclohexylethyl group.
  • Aryl group denotes an atomic group remaining after removing from an aromatic hydrocarbon one hydrogen atom linked directly to a carbon atom constituting the ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the aryl group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-anthracenyl group, a 2-anthracenyl group, a 9-anthracenyl group, a 1-pyrenyl group, a 2-pyrenyl group, a 4-pyrenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 3-fluorenyl group, a 4-fluorenyl group, a 2-phenylphenyl group, a 3-phenylphenyl group, a 4-phenylphenyl group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or the like.
  • Alkoxy group may be any of linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the linear alkoxy group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 1 to 40, preferably 4 to 10.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the branched alkoxy group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 3 to 40, preferably 4 to 10.
  • the alkoxy group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propyloxy group, an isopropyloxy group, a butyloxy group, an isobutyloxy group, a tert-butyloxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a heptyloxy group, a octyloxy group, a 2-ethylhexyloxy group, a nonyloxy group, a decyloxy group, a 3,7-dimethyloctyloxy group and a lauryloxy group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms of “Cycloalkoxy group” is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 3 to 40, preferably 4 to 10.
  • the cycloalkoxy group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a cyclohexyloxy group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of “Aryloxy group” is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 6 to 60, preferably 7 to 48.
  • the aryloxy group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenoxy group, a 1-naphthyloxy group, a 2-naphthyloxy group, a 1-anthracenyloxy group, a 9-anthracenyloxy group, a 1-pyrenyloxy group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, a fluorine atom or the like.
  • p-Valent heterocyclic group (p represents an integer of 1 or more) denotes an atomic group remaining after removing from a heterocyclic compound p hydrogen atoms among hydrogen atoms directly linked to a carbon atom or a hetero atom constituting the ring.
  • p-valent heterocyclic groups “p-valent aromatic heterocyclic groups” as an atomic group remaining after removing from an aromatic heterocyclic compound p hydrogen atoms among hydrogen atoms directly linked to a carbon atom or a hetero atom constituting the ring are preferable.
  • “Aromatic heterocyclic compound” denotes a compound in which the heterocyclic ring itself shows aromaticity such as oxadiazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, oxazole, thiophene, pyrrole, phosphole, furan, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, triazine, pyridazine, quinoline, isoquinoline, carbazole and dibenzophosphole, and a compound in which an aromatic ring is condensed to the heterocyclic ring even if the heterocyclic ring itself shows no aromaticity such as phenoxazine, phenothiazine, dibenzoborole, dibenzosilole and benzopyran.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 2 to 60, preferably 4 to 20.
  • the monovalent heterocyclic group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a thienyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a furyl group, a pyridyl group, a piperidinyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a triazinyl group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or the like.
  • Halogen atom denotes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • amino group optionally has a substituent, and a substituted amino group is preferable.
  • the substituent which an amino group has is preferably an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group.
  • the substituted amino group includes, for example, a dialkylamino group, a dicycloalkylamino group and a diarylamino group.
  • the amino group includes, for example, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a diphenylamino group, a bis(4-methylphenyl)amino group, a bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)amino group and a bis(3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)amino group.
  • Alkenyl group may be any of linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the linear alkenyl group, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 2 to 30, preferably 3 to 20.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the branched alkenyl group, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is usually 3 to 30, preferably 4 to 20.
  • the number of carbon atoms of “Cycloalkenyl group”, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 3 to 30, preferably 4 to 20.
  • the alkenyl group and cycloalkenyl group each optionally have a substituent, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-propenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, a 3-pentenyl group, a 4-pentenyl group, a 1-hexenyl group, a 5-hexenyl group, a 7-octenyl group, the foregoing groups having a substituent.
  • Alkynyl group may be any of linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkynyl group, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 2 to 20, preferably 3 to 20.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the branched alkynyl group, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is usually 4 to 30, preferably 4 to 20.
  • the number of carbon atoms of “Cycloalkynyl group”, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 4 to 30, preferably 4 to 20.
  • the alkynyl group and cycloalkynyl group each optionally have a substituent, and examples thereof include an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, a 3-butynyl group, a 3-pentynyl group, a 4-pentynyl group, a 1-hexenyl group, a 5-hexenyl group, the foregoing groups having a substituent.
  • “Arylene group” denotes an atomic group remaining after removing from an aromatic hydrocarbon two hydrogen atoms linked directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the arylene group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18.
  • the arylene group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, a dihydrophenanthrenediyl group, a naphthacenediyl group, a fluorenediyl group, a pyrenediyl group, a perylenediyl group, a chrysenediyl group, the foregoing groups having a substituent, preferably, groups represented by the formulae (A-1) to (A-20).
  • the arylene group includes groups obtained by linking a plurality of these groups.
  • R and R a each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group.
  • the plurality of R and R a each may be the same or different, and adjacent groups R a may be combined together to form a ring together with the atoms to which they are attached.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the divalent heterocyclic group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 2 to 60, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 4 to 15.
  • the divalent heterocyclic group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include divalent groups obtained by removing from pyridine, diazabenzene, triazine, azanaphthalene, diazanaphthalene, carbazole, dibenzofuran, dibenzothiophene, dibenzosilole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, acridine, dihydroacridine, furan, thiophene, azole, diazole and triazole two hydrogen atoms among hydrogen atoms linking directly to a carbon atom or a hetero atom constituting the ring, preferably groups represented by the formulae (AA-1) to (AA-34).
  • the divalent heterocyclic group includes groups obtained by linking a plurality of these groups.
  • Crosslinkable group is a group capable of forming a new bond by being subjected to heating treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, a radical reaction and the like, and crosslinkable groups are preferably groups represented by the formulae (XL-1) to (XL-17) of Group A of crosslinkable groups.
  • “Substituent” represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a monovalent heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group or a cycloalkynyl group.
  • the substituent may be a crosslinkable group.
  • the polymer compound of the present invention is a polymer compound comprising
  • constitutional unit selected from the group consisting of constitutional units represented by the formula (2) and constitutional units represented by the formula (2′).
  • the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) contained in the polymer compound of the present invention is usually a constitutional unit formed by “a step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M)” in the following method of producing the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the at least one type of constitutional unit selected from the group consisting of constitutional units represented by the formula (2) and constitutional units represented by the formula (2′) contained in the polymer compound of the present invention is usually a constitutional unit formed by “a step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′N)” in the following method of producing the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • mT is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1, further preferably 0, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • mT When there are a plurality of mT, they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same integer, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • nT is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, further preferably 1, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • Q T is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1) or (XL-17), among crosslinkable groups selected from the following Group A of crosslinkable groups, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the crosslinkable group represented by Q T (that is, a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups) optionally has a substituent.
  • the substituent which the crosslinkable group represented by Q T optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) as Q T has a substituent
  • the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • xT represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R XLS represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R XLS When there are a plurality of R XLS , they may be the same or different, and may be combined together to form a ring together with carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • xT is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, further preferably 1, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • R XLS is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, further preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, particularly preferably an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′) includes crosslinkable groups represented by the formula (XLS-1) to the formula (XLS-7), and is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XLS-1), the formula (XLS-3) or the formula (XLS-4), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XLS-1) or the formula (XLS-3), further preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XLS-3), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • Q T When there are a plurality of Q T , they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same crosslinkable group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • K T is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkylene group or an arylene group, further preferably an alkylene group, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group represented by K T is usually 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkylene group represented by K T is usually 3 to 10, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
  • the alkylene group and the cycloalkylene group each optionally having a substituent, and include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, butylene group, a hexylene group, a cyclohexylene group and an octylene group.
  • the arylene group represented by K T optionally has a substituent, and includes, for example, o-phenylene, m-phenylene and p-phenylene.
  • the substituent which the group represented by K T optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
  • K T When there are a plurality of K T , they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same group or atom, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • two or more K′ may be a group represented by —NR′—, and it is preferable that groups represented by —NR′— are not adjacent.
  • K T When there are a plurality of K T , two or more K T may be an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and it is preferable that these atoms are not adjacent.
  • Ar T is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally having a substituent, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar T is usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group represented by Ar T is usually 3 to 60, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
  • Ar T is preferably a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent, a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent, a phenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent or a dihydrophenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent, more preferably a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent or a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent (nT+1) hydrogen atoms attached directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the heterocyclic group represented by Ar T each optionally have a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, a monovalent heterocyclic group and a cyano group.
  • the polymer compound of the present invention comprises at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1), and preferably contains two terminal constitutional units represented by the formula (1), because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • the amount of the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably 0.1 mol %; to 20 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • mT is an integer of 0 to 3 and nT is an integer of 1 to 3, it is further preferable that mT is 0 or 1 and nT is 1 or 2, in the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1).
  • the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) includes, for example, terminal constitutional units represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-33), and is preferably an terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-7), the formula (1-10), the formula (1-12), the formula (1-13), the formula (1-16), the formula (1-20), the formula (1-23), the formula (1-24) or the formula (1-31), more preferably an terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-1), the formula (1-4) to the formula (1-7), the formula (1-10), the formula (1-12), the formula (1-13), the formula (1-16), the formula (1-20), the formula (1-23), the formula (1-24) or the formula (1-31), further preferably an terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-4), the formula (1-6), the formula (1-10), the formula (1-12), the formula (1-13), the formula (1-16), the formula (1-20), the formula (1-23) or the formula (1-24), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) includes, for example, terminal constitutional units represented by the formula (1-34) to the formula (1-45), and is preferably an terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-34), the formula (1-36), the formula (1-37) or the formula (1-41) to the formula (1-45), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (1-36), the formula (1-42), the formula (1-44) or the formula (1-45), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention, and it is preferable that the constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • mA is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • Ar 1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally having a substituent, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar 1 is usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
  • the arylene group portion obtained by removing n substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar 1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-20), more preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-2), the formula (A-6) to the formula (A-10), the formula (A-19) or the formula (A-20), further preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-2) or the formula (A-9), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group represented by Ar 1 is usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
  • the divalent heterocyclic group portion obtained by removing n substituents of the heterocyclic group represented by Ar 1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (AA-1) to the formula (AA-34).
  • Ar 1 is preferably a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent, a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent, a phenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent or a dihydrophenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent (2+n) hydrogen atoms linked directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring, more preferably a group obtained by from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent or a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent removing (2+n) hydrogen atoms linked directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring, further preferably a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent or a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent (2+n) hydrogen atoms linked directly to carbon
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the heterocyclic group represented by Ar 1 each optionally have a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, a monovalent heterocyclic group and a cyano group.
  • K A is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkylene group or an arylene group, further preferably an alkylene group, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group represented by K A is usually 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkylene group represented by K A is usually 3 to 10, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
  • the alkylene group and the cycloalkylene group each optionally have a substituent, and include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, a cyclohexylene group and an octylene group.
  • the arylene group represented by K A optionally has a substituent, and includes, for example, o-phenylene, m-phenylene and p-phenylene.
  • the substituent which the group represented by K A optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
  • K A When there are a plurality of K A , they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same group or atom, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • two or more K T may be a group represented by —NR′′—, and it is preferable that groups represented by —NR′′— are not adjacent.
  • two or more K T may be an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and it is preferable that these atoms are not adjacent.
  • Q 1 is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1) or (XL-17), among crosslinkable groups selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the crosslinkable group represented by Q 1 (that is, crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups) optionally has a substituent.
  • the substituent which the crosslinkable group represented by Q 1 optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) as Q 1 has a substituent
  • the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • Q 1 When there are a plurality of Q 1 , they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same crosslinkable group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • K A is an alkylene group and Q 1 is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1) or the formula (XL-17).
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (2) is preferably 2 to 90 mol %, more preferably 2 to 70 mol %, further preferably 3 to 50 mol %, with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent in stability.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (2) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-29), the constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-29) each optionally having a substituent.
  • constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-8), the formula (2-13), the formula (2-17) to the formula (2-21) or the formula (2-25) to the formula (2-29) more preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1), the formula (2-5), the formula (2-6), the formula (2-13), the formula (2-17), the formula (2-18), the formula (2-21), the formula (2-25), the formula (2-27) or the formula (2-28), further preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1), the formula (2-6), the formula (2-13), the formula (2-18), the formula (2-27) or the formula (2-28), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, and the alkyl group optionally has a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 1 , they may be the same or different.]
  • Q 1 , K A and R 1 are as defined above. When there are a plurality of Q 1 , K A or R 1 , they may be the same or different at each occurrence.]
  • constitutional units represented by the formula (2) include, for example, constitutional units represented by the formula (2-101) to the formula (2-137).
  • constitutional units represented by the formula (2-101), the formula (2-104), the formula (2-111), the formula (2-112), the formula (2-120) to the formula (2-129) or the formula (2-132) to the formula (2-137 more preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-101), the formula (2-104), the formula (2-111), the formula (2-121), the formula (2-123) to the formula (2-127) or the formula (2-132) to the formula (2-136), further preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-101), the formula (2-111), the formula (2-121), the formula (2-123), the formula (2-126), the formula (2-127) or the formula (2-132) to the formula (2-136), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (2) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • mB is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • m is preferably 2, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • c is preferably 0, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • Ar 3 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group, because a light emitting device using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent in light emission efficiency.
  • the definition and examples of the arylene group portion obtained by removing m substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar 3 are the same as the definition and examples of the arylene group represented by Ar X2 in the following formula (X).
  • the definition and examples of the divalent group obtained by removing m substituents of a group in which at least one type of aromatic hydrocarbon ring and at least one type of heterocyclic ring represented by Ar 3 are bonded directly are the same as the definition and examples of the divalent group represented by Ar X2 in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly in the following formula (X).
  • Ar 2 and Ar 4 represent preferably an arylene group, because production of the polymer compound of the present invention is easier.
  • the definition and examples of the arylene group represented by Ar 2 and Ar 4 are the same as the definition and examples of the arylene group represented by Ar X1 and Ar X3 in the following formula (X).
  • the definition and examples of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar 2 and Ar 4 are the same as the definition and examples of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar X1 and Ar X3 in the following formula (X).
  • the group represented by Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 each optionally has a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, a monovalent heterocyclic group and a cyano group.
  • the definitions and examples of the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group represented by K B are the same as the definitions and examples of the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group represented by K A , respectively.
  • K B is preferably a phenylene group or a methylene group, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention becomes higher.
  • Q 2 is preferably a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, further preferably a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • At least one Q 2 is a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups.
  • the crosslinkable group represented by Q 2 is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1) or (XL-17), among crosslinkable groups selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the crosslinkable group represented by Q 2 (that is, a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups) optionally has a substituent.
  • the substituent which the crosslinkable group represented by Q 2 optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
  • the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) as Q 2 has a substituent
  • the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′) is preferably 2 to 90 mol %, more preferably 2 to 70 mol %, further preferably 3 to 50 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent in stability.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formula (2′-1) to the formula (2′-9), the constitutional units represented by the formula (2′-1) to the formula (2′-9) each optionally having a substituent.
  • Preferable is a constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′-3) or the formula (2′-9), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
  • Q 2 and K B are as defined above. When there are a plurality of Q 2 , they may be the same or different.]
  • constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′) include, for example, constitutional units represented by the formula (2′-101) to the formula (2′-109).
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the polymer compound of the present invention further comprises a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X), because hole transportability is excellent.
  • a X1 is preferably an integer of 2 or less, more preferably 1, because the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • a X2 is preferably an integer of 2 or less, more preferably 0, because the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • R X1 , R X2 and R X3 are preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the arylene group represented by Ar X1 and Ar X3 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1) or the formula (A-9), further preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar X1 and Ar X3 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (AA-1), the formula (AA-2) or the formula (AA-7) to (AA-26), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar X1 and Ar X3 are preferably an arylene group optionally having a substituent.
  • the arylene group represented by Ar X2 and Ar X4 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-6), the formula (A-7), the formulae (A-9) to (A-11) or the formula (A-19), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the more preferable range of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar X2 and Ar X4 is the same as the more preferable range of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar X1 and Ar X3 .
  • the more preferable range and the further preferable range of the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group in the divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by Ar X2 and Ar X4 are the same as the more preferable range and the further preferable range of the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar X1 and Ar X3 , respectively.
  • the divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by Ar X2 and Ar X4 includes, for example, groups represented by the following formulae, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R XX represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R XX is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar X2 and Ar X4 are preferably an arylene group optionally having a substituent.
  • the substituent which the group represented by Ar X1 to Ar X4 and R X1 to R X3 optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally further having a substituent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) is preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X-1) to (X-7), more preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X-3) to (X-7), further preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X-3) to (X-6).
  • R X4 and R X5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, a monovalent heterocyclic group or a cyano group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R X4 may be the same or different.
  • the plurality of R X5 may be the same or different, and adjacent groups R X5 may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) is preferably 0.1 to 90 mol %, more preferably 1 to 70 mol %, further preferably 5 to 50 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because hole transportability is excellent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formulae (X1-1) to (X1-19), preferably constitutional units represented by the formulae (X1-6) to (X1-14).
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the polymer compound of the present invention further comprises a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y), because the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • the polymer compound of the present invention further comprises a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) and a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y), because the light emission efficiency of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • the arylene group represented by Ar Y1 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-6), the formula (A-7), the formula (A-9) to (A-11), the formula (A-13) or the formula (A-19), further preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-7), the formula (A-9) or the formula (A-19), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar Y1 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (AA-4), the formula (AA-10), the formula (AA-13), the formula (AA-15), the formula (AA-18) or the formula (AA-20), further preferably a group represented by the formula (AA-4), the formula (AA-10), the formula (AA-18) or the formula (AA-20), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the more preferable range and the further preferable range of the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group in the divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by Ar Y1 are the same as the more preferable range and the further preferable range of the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar Y1 , respectively.
  • the divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by Ar Y1 includes the same groups as the divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by Ar X2 and Ar X4 in the formula (X).
  • the substituent which the group represented by Ar Y1 optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally further having a substituent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formulae (Y-1) to (Y-7), and from the standpoint of the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention preferable is a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-1) or (Y-2), from the standpoint of electron transportability preferable is a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-3) or (Y-4), and from the standpoint of hole transportability preferable are constitutional units represented by the formulae (Y-5) to (Y-7).
  • R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R Y1 may be the same or different, and adjacent groups R Y1 may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • R Y1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-1) is preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-1′).
  • R Y11 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R Y1 may be the same or different.
  • R Y11 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R Y1 represents the same meaning as described above.
  • X Y1 represents a group represented by —C(R Y2 ) 2 —, —C(R Y2 ) ⁇ C(R Y2 )— or —C(R Y2 ) 2 —C(R Y2 ) 2 —.
  • R Y2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R Y2 may be the same or different, and R Y2 s may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • R Y2 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the both are an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, the both are an aryl group, the both are a monovalent heterocyclic group, or one is an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group and the other is an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, it is more preferable that one is an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group and the other is an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the two groups may be combined together to form a ring together with the atoms to which they are attached, and when the groups R Y2 form a ring, the group represented by —C(R Y2 ) 2 — is preferably a group represented by the formula (Y-A1) to (Y-A5), more preferably a group represented by the formula (Y-A4), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R Y2 s in the group represented by —C(R Y2 ) ⁇ C(R Y2 )— in X Y1 it is preferable that the both are an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group, or one is an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group and the other is an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R Y2 s in the group represented by —C(R Y2 ) 2 —C(R Y2 ) 2 — in X Y1 are preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R Y2 may be combined together to form a ring together with the atoms to which they are attached, and when the groups R Y2 form a ring, the group represented by —C(R Y2 ) 2 —C(R Y2 ) 2 — is preferably a group represented by the formula (Y-B1) to (Y-B5), more preferably a group represented by the formula (Y-B3), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-2) a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-2′).
  • R Y1 represents the same meaning as described above.
  • R Y3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R Y3 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R Y1 represents the same meaning as described above.
  • R Y4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R Y4 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formulae (Y-11) to (Y-55).
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) in which Ar Y1 is an arylene group is preferably 0.5 to 80 mol %, more preferably 30 to 60 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) in which Ar Y1 is a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 3 to 40 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because the charge transportability of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound.
  • the polymer compound of the present invention includes, for example, polymer compounds P-1 to P-9 shown in Table 5.
  • “other constitutional unit” denotes a constitutional unit other than constitutional units represented by the formula (2), the formula (2′), the formula (X) and the formula (Y).
  • the polymer compound P-1 to P-9 comprises at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1).
  • the polymer compound of the present invention may be any of a block copolymer, a random copolymer, an alternative copolymer and a graft copolymer, and may also be other embodiment, and a copolymer produced by copolymerizing a several raw material monomers preferable.
  • the polymer compound of the present invention can be produced by a method comprising
  • At least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M), and the other compound (for example, a compound represented by the formula (M-1) and/or a compound represented by the formula (M-2)) may be condensation-polymerized.
  • compounds used for production of the polymer compound of the present invention are collectively called “raw material monomer” in some cases.
  • the step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M) may be conducted before carrying out the step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M), or
  • the step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M) and the step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M) may be conducted simultaneously,
  • the step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M) is conducted, then, the step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M) is conducted.
  • a X1 , a X2 , Ar X1 to Ar X4 , R X1 to R X3 and Ar Y1 are as defined above.
  • Z 5 to Z 8 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents.
  • Z 7 and Z 8 represent a group selected from Group A of substituents
  • a group selected from Group B of substituents is selected for Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 .
  • Z 5 and Z 6 represent a group selected from Group A of substituents
  • a group selected from Group B of substituents is selected for Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 7 and Z 8 .
  • Z 7 and Z 8 represent a group selected from Group B of substituents
  • a group selected from Group A of substituents is selected for Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 .
  • Z 5 and Z 6 represent a group selected from Group B of substituents
  • a group selected from Group A of substituents is selected for Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 7 and Z 8 .
  • a compound having a group selected from Group A of substituents and a compound having a group selected from Group B of substituents are condensed by a known coupling reaction, to mutually connect carbon atoms linking to a group selected from Group A of substituents and a group selected from Group B of substituents.
  • Condensation polymerization and end capping are usually conducted in the presence of a catalyst, a base and a solvent, and if necessary, may be conducted in the coexistence of a phase transfer catalyst.
  • the catalyst includes, for example, transition metal complexes such as palladium complexes such as dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium, palladium[tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)], [tris(dibenzylideneacetone)]dipalladium and palladium acetate, nickel complexes such as nickel[tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)], [1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane]dichloronickel and [bis(1,4-cyclooctadiene)]nickel; these transition metal complexes further having a ligand such as triphenylphosphine, tri-o-tolylphosphine, tri-tert-butylphosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, diphenylphosphinopropane, bi
  • the use amount of the catalyst is usually 0.00001 to 3 molar equivalents in terms of the amount of a transition metal with respect to the total number of moles of raw material monomers (the total number of moles of raw material monomers used in condensation polymerization and raw material monomers used in end capping).
  • the catalyst may be additionally used.
  • the base and the phase transfer catalyst include, for example, inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium fluoride, cesium fluoride and tripotassium phosphate; organic bases such as tetrabutylammonium fluoride and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide; and phase transfer catalysts such as tetrabutylammonium chloride and tetrabutylammonium bromide.
  • inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium fluoride, cesium fluoride and tripotassium phosphate
  • organic bases such as tetrabutylammonium fluoride and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide
  • phase transfer catalysts such as tetrabutylammonium chloride and tetrabutylammonium bromide.
  • the bases and the phase transfer catalysts each may be used singly or in combination.
  • the use amounts of the base and the phase transfer catalyst are each usually 0.001 to 100 molar equivalents with respect to the total number of moles of raw material monomers (the total number of moles of raw material monomers used in condensation polymerization and raw material monomers used in end capping).
  • the base may be additionally used, and the phase transfer catalyst may be additionally used.
  • the solvent includes, for example, organic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, dimethoxyethane, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N,N-dimethylformamide, and water.
  • organic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, dimethoxyethane, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N,N-dimethylformamide, and water.
  • the solvent may be used singly or two or moresolvents may be used in combination.
  • the use amount of the solvent is usually 10 to 100000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weigh of the sum of raw material monomers (100 parts by weight of the sum of raw material monomers used in condensation polymerization and raw material monomers used in end capping).
  • the solvent may be additionally used.
  • the reaction temperature of condensation polymerization and end capping is usually ⁇ 100 to 200° C.
  • the reaction time of condensation polymerization and end capping is usually 1 hour or more.
  • Post-treatment of the polymerization reaction is carried out by known methods, for example, a method of removing water-soluble impurities by liquid separation, a method in which the reaction liquid after the polymerization reaction is added to a lower alcohol such as methanol and the like to cause deposition of a precipitate which is then filtrated before drying, and the like, singly or in combination.
  • a method of removing water-soluble impurities by liquid separation a method in which the reaction liquid after the polymerization reaction is added to a lower alcohol such as methanol and the like to cause deposition of a precipitate which is then filtrated before drying, and the like, singly or in combination.
  • the polymer compound can be purified by a usual method such as, for example, recrystallization, reprecipitation, continuous extraction with a Soxhlet extractor, column chromatography and the like.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1M) can be synthesized according to a method described, for example, in “Macromolecular Chemistry and Physics (1999), 200(4), 683-692”, “Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis (2014), 356, (4), 765-769”, “Journal of the American Chemical Society (2014), 136, (6), 2546-2554”, “Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry (2014), 12, (7), 1124-1134.” and “Tetrahedron (1965), 21, (2), 245-254”.
  • composition of the present invention comprises at least one type of material selected from the group consisting of a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material, an electron injection material, a light emitting material, an antioxidant and a solvent and the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • composition comprising the polymer compound of the present invention and a solvent (hereinafter, referred to as “ink” in some cases) is suitable for fabrication of a light emitting device using a printing method such as an inkjet printing method and a nozzle printing method.
  • the viscosity of the ink may be adjusted depending on the kind of the printing method, and when a solution goes through a discharge apparatus such as in an inkjet printing method, the viscosity is preferably in the range of 1 to 20 mPa ⁇ s at 25° C. for preventing curved aviation and clogging in discharging.
  • the solvent contained in the ink those capable of dissolving or uniformly dispersing solid components in the ink are preferable.
  • the solvent includes, for example, chlorine-based solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,2-trichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, anisole and 4-methylanisole; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, ethylbenzene, n-hexylbenzene and cyclohexylbenzene; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, n-octane, n-nonane, n-decane, n-dodecane and bicyclohe
  • the compounding amount of the solvent is usually 1000 to 100000 parts by weight, preferably 2000 to 20000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the hole transporting material is classified into low molecular weight compounds and polymer compounds, and polymer compounds are preferable, polymer compounds having a crosslinkable group are more preferable.
  • the polymer compound includes, for example, polyvinylcarbazole and derivatives thereof; polyarylene having an aromatic amine structure in the side chain or main chain and derivatives thereof.
  • the polymer compound may also be a compound in which an electron accepting portion is linked.
  • the electron accepting portion includes, for example, fullerene, tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane, tetracyanoethylene and trinitrofluorenone, preferably fullerene.
  • the compounding amount of the hole transporting material is usually 1 to 400 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 150 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the hole transporting material may be used singly or two or more hole transporting materials may be used in combination.
  • the electron transporting material is classified into low molecular weight compounds and polymer compounds.
  • the electron transporting material optionally has a crosslinkable group.
  • the low molecular weight compound includes, for example, a metal complexes having 8-hydroxyquinoline as a ligand, oxadiazole, anthraquinodimethane, benzoquinone, naphthoquinone, anthraquinone, tetracyanoanthraquinodimethane, fluorenone, diphenyldicyanoethylene, diphenoquinone and derivatives thereof.
  • the polymer compound includes, for example, polyphenylene, polyfluorene and derivatives thereof. These polymer compounds may be doped with a metal.
  • the compounding amount of the electron transporting material is usually 1 to 400 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 150 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the electron transporting material may be used singly or two or more electron transporting materials may be used in combination.
  • the hole injection material and the electron injection material are each classified into low molecular weight compounds and polymer compounds.
  • the hole injection material and the electron injection material each optionally has a crosslinkable group.
  • the low molecular weight compound includes, for example, metal phthalocyanines such as copper phthalocyanine; carbon; oxides of metals such as molybdenum and tungsten; metal fluorides such as lithium fluoride, sodium fluoride, cesium fluoride and potassium fluoride.
  • metal phthalocyanines such as copper phthalocyanine
  • carbon oxides of metals such as molybdenum and tungsten
  • metal fluorides such as lithium fluoride, sodium fluoride, cesium fluoride and potassium fluoride.
  • the polymer compound includes, for example, polyaniline, polythiophene, polypyrrole, polyphenylenevinylene, polythienylenevinylene, polyquinoline and polyquinoxaline, and derivatives thereof; electrically conductive polymers such as a polymer comprising an aromatic amine structure in the main chain or side chain.
  • the compounding amounts of the hole injection material and the electron injection material are each usually 1 to 400 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 150 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the hole injection material and the electron injection material may each be used singly or two or more of them may be used in combination.
  • the electric conductivity of the electrically conductive polymer is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 S/cm to 1 ⁇ 10 3 S/cm.
  • the electrically conductive polymer can be doped with a suitable amount of ions.
  • the kind of the ion to be doped is an anion for a hole injection material and a cation for an electron injection material.
  • the anion includes, for example, a polystyrenesulfonate ion, an alkylbenzenesulfonate ion and a camphorsulfonate ion.
  • the cation includes, for example, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion and a tetrabutylammonium ion.
  • the ion to be doped may be used singly or two or more ions to be doped may be used.
  • the light emitting material is classified into low molecular weight compounds and polymer compounds.
  • the light emitting material optionally has a crosslinkable group.
  • the low molecular weight compound includes, for example, naphthalene and derivatives thereof, anthracene and derivatives thereof, perylene and derivatives thereof, and, triplet light emitting complexes having iridium, platinum or europium as the central metal.
  • the polymer compound includes, for example, polymer compounds comprising a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, a fluorenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, dihydrophenanthrenediyl group, a group represented by the formula (X), a carbazolediyl group, a phenoxazinediyl group, a phenothiazinediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, a pyrenediyl group and the like.
  • the light emitting material may comprise a low molecular weight compound and a polymer compound, and preferably, comprises a triplet light emitting complex and a polymer compound.
  • iridium complexes represented by the formulae Ir-1 to Ir-5 are preferable.
  • R D1 to R D8 , R D11 to R D20 , R D21 to R D26 and R D31 to R D37 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a monovalent heterocyclic group or a halogen atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R D1 to R D8 , R D11 to R D20 , R D21 to R D26 and R D31 to R D37 they may be the same or different at each occurrence.
  • -A D1 A D2 - represents an anionic bidentate ligand
  • a D1 and A D2 each independently represent a carbon atom, an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom linking to an iridium atom, and these atoms each may be an atom consisting a ring.
  • -A D1 A D2 - When there are a plurality of -A D1 A D2 -, they may be the same or different.
  • n D1 represents 1, 2 or 3
  • n D2 represents 1 or 2.
  • At least one of R D1 to R D8 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
  • At least one of R D11 to R D20 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
  • At least one of R D1 to R D8 and R D11 to R D20 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
  • At least one of R D21 to R D26 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
  • At least one of R D31 to R D37 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
  • n DA1 , m DA2 and m DA3 each independently represent an integer of 0 or more.
  • G DA represents a nitrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar DA1 , Ar DA2 and Ar DA3 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar DA1 , Ar DA2 or Ar DA3 may be the same or different at each occurrence.
  • T DA represents an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of T DA may be the same or different.
  • m DA1 , m DA2 and m DA3 are usually an integer of 10 or m less, preferably an integer of 5 or less, more preferably 0 or 1. It is preferable that m DA1 , m DA2 and m DA3 are the same integer.
  • G DA1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (GDA-11) to (GDA-15), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • R DA represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally further having a substituent.
  • R DA represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally further having a substituent.
  • R DA represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally further having a substituent.
  • R DA is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cycloalkoxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • Ar DA1 , Ar DA2 and Ar DA3 are preferably groups represented by the formulae (ArDA-1) to (ArDA-3).
  • R DA represents as defined above.
  • R DB represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of R DB , they may be the same or different.
  • T DA is preferably groups represented by the formulae (TDA-1) to (TDA-3).
  • R DA and R DB are as defined above.
  • the group represented by the formula (D-A) is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A1) to (D-A3).
  • R p1 , R p2 and R p3 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or a halogen atom. When there are a plurality of R p1 or R p2 , they may be the same or different at each occurrence.
  • np1 represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • np2 represents an integer of 0 to 3
  • np3 represents 0 or 1.
  • the plurality of np1 may be the same or different.
  • np1 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1.
  • np2 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • np3 is preferably 0.
  • R p1 , R p2 and R p3 are preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the anionic bidentate ligand represented by -A D1 -A D2 - includes, for example, ligands represented by the following formulae.
  • the metal complex represented by the formula Ir-1 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-11 to Ir-13.
  • the metal complex represented by the formula Ir-2 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-21.
  • the metal complex represented by the formula Ir-3 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-31 to Ir-33.
  • the metal complex represented by the formula Ir-4 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-41 to Ir-43.
  • the metal complex represented by the formula Ir-5 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-51 to Ir-53.
  • D represents a group represented by the formula (D-A).
  • the plurality of D are the same or different.
  • n D2 represents 1 or 2.
  • R DC represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R DC are the same or different.
  • R DD represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
  • the plurality of R DD are the same or different.
  • the triplet light emitting complex includes, for example, metal complexes listed below.
  • the compounding amount of the light emitting material is usually 0.1 to 400 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the antioxidant may advantageously be one which is soluble in the same solvent as for the polymer compound of the present invention and does not disturb light emission and charge transportation, and the examples thereof include phenol antioxidants and phosphorus-based antioxidants.
  • the compounding amount of the antioxidant is usually 0.001 to 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the antioxidant may be used singly or two or more antioxidants may be used in combination.
  • the film may contain the polymer compound of the present invention as it is, alternatively, may contain the polymer compound of the present invention in the form of an intramolecularly-crosslinked or intermolecularly-crosslinked or intramolecularly and intermolecularly-crosslinked body.
  • the crosslinked body of the polymer compound of the present invention may also be a crosslinked body in which the polymer compound of the present invention and the other compound are crosslinked intermolecularly.
  • the film containing the crosslinked body of the polymer compound of the present invention is a film obtained by crosslinking a film containing the polymer compound of the present invention by an external stimulus such as heating, light irradiation and the like.
  • the film containing the crosslinked body of the polymer compound of the present invention can be suitably used for lamination of the following light emitting device, because the film is substantially insolubilized in a solvent.
  • the heating temperature for crosslinking the film is usually 25 to 300° C., and because the light emission efficiency is improved, preferably 50 to 250° C., more preferably 150 to 200° C.
  • the kind of light used in light irradiation for crosslinking the film includes, for example, ultraviolet light, near-ultraviolet light and visible light.
  • the film is suitable as a hole transporting layer or a hole injection layer in a light emitting device.
  • the film can be fabricated, for example, by a spin coating method, a casting method, a micro gravure coating method, a gravure coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a wire bar coating method, a dip coating method, a spray coating method, a screen printing method, a flexo printing method, an offset printing method, an inkjet printing method, a capillary coating method or a nozzle coating method, using the ink.
  • the thickness of the film is usually 1 nm to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the light emitting device of the present invention is a light emitting device such as an organic electroluminescent device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention, and the light emitting device includes, for example, a light emitting device containing the polymer compound of the present invention and a light emitting device containing the polymer compound of the present invention in the form of an intramolecularly-crosslinked or intermolecularly-crosslinked body or in the form of a body crosslinked in both modes.
  • the constitution of the light emitting device of the present invention comprises, for example, electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode and a layer produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention disposed between the electrodes.
  • the layer produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is usually at least one selected from a light emitting layer, a hole transporting layer, a hole injection layer, an electron transporting layer and an electron injection layer, preferably a hole transporting layer.
  • These layers comprise a light emitting material, a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material and an electron injection material, respectively.
  • These layers can be formed by the same method as the above-described film fabrication using inks prepared by dissolving a light emitting material, a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material and an electron injection material, respectively, in the solvent described above.
  • the light emitting device comprises a light emitting layer between an anode and a cathode.
  • the light emitting device of the present invention preferably comprises at least one of a hole injection layer and a hole transporting layer between an anode and a light emitting layer from the standpoint of hole injectability and hole transportability, and preferably comprises at least one of an electron injection layer and an electron transporting layer between a cathode and a light emitting layer from the standpoint of electron injectability and electron transportability.
  • the material of a hole transporting layer, an electron transporting layer, a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer and an electron injection layer includes the above-described hole transporting materials, electron transporting materials, light emitting materials, hole injection materials and electron injection materials, respectively, in addition to the polymer compound of the present invention.
  • the materials of a hole transporting layer, the material of an electron transporting layer and the material of a light emitting layer are soluble in a solvent which is used in forming a layer adjacent to the hole transporting layer, the electron transporting layer and the light emitting layer, respectively, in fabrication of a light emitting device, it is preferable that the materials have a crosslinkable group to avoid dissolution of the materials in the solvent. After forming the layers using the materials having a crosslinkable group, the layers can be insolubilized by crosslinking the crosslinkable groups.
  • Methods of forming respective layers such as a light emitting layer, a hole transporting layer, an electron transporting layer, a hole injection layer and an electron injection layer in the light emitting device of the present invention include, for example, a method of vacuum vapor deposition from a powder and a method of film formation from solution or melted state when a low molecular weight compound is used, and, for example, a method of film formation from solution or melted state when a polymer compound is used.
  • the order and the number of layers to be laminated and the thickness of each layer may be controlled in view of light emission efficiency and device life.
  • the substrate in the light emitting device may advantageously be a substrate on which an electrode can be formed and which does not chemically change in forming an organic layer, and is a substrate made of a material such as, for example, glass, plastic and silicon.
  • a substrate made of a material such as, for example, glass, plastic and silicon.
  • an electrode most remote from the substrate is transparent or semi-transparent.
  • the material of the anode includes, for example, electrically conductive metal oxides and semi-transparent metals, preferably, indium oxide, zinc oxide and tin oxide; electrically conductive compounds such as indium.tin.oxide (ITO) and indium.zinc.oxide; a composite of silver, palladium and copper (APC); NESA, gold, platinum, silver and copper.
  • electrically conductive metal oxides and semi-transparent metals preferably, indium oxide, zinc oxide and tin oxide
  • electrically conductive compounds such as indium.tin.oxide (ITO) and indium.zinc.oxide
  • APC palladium and copper
  • NESA gold, platinum, silver and copper.
  • the material of the cathode includes, for example, metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, cesium, beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, aluminum, zinc and indium; alloys composed of two or more of them; alloys composed of one or more of them and at least one of silver, copper, manganese, titanium, cobalt, nickel, tungsten and tin; and graphite and graphite intercalation compounds.
  • the alloy includes, for example, a magnesium-silver alloy, a magnesium-indium alloy, a magnesium-aluminum alloy, an indium-silver alloy, a lithium-aluminum alloy, a lithium-magnesium alloy, a lithium-indium alloy and a calcium-aluminum alloy.
  • the anode and the cathode may each take a lamination structure composed of two or more layers.
  • a planar anode and a planar cathode are disposed so as to overlap with each other.
  • Patterned light emission can be produced by a method of placing a mask with a patterned window on the surface of a planer Light emitting device, a method of forming extremely thick a layer intended to be a non-light emitting, thereby having the layer essentially no-light emitting or a method of forming an anode, a cathode or both electrodes in a patterned shape.
  • both an anode and a cathode are formed in a stripe shape and disposed so as to cross with each other. Partial color display and multi-color display are made possible by a method of printing separately certain polymer compounds showing different emission or a method of using a color filter or a fluorescence conversion filter.
  • the dot matrix display can be passively driven, or actively driven combined with TFT and the like. These displays can be used in computers, television sets, portable terminals and the like.
  • the planar light emitting device can be suitably used as a planer light source for backlight of a liquid crystal display or as a planar light source for illumination. If a flexible substrate is used, it can be used also as a curved light source and a curved display.
  • the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) and the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of a polymer compound were measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC) (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., trade name: LC-10Avp). SEC measurement conditions are as described below.
  • the polymer compound to be measured was dissolved in tetrahydrofuranat a concentration of about 0.05 wt %, and 10 ⁇ L of the solution was injected into SEC.
  • tetrahydrofuran was used and allowed to flow at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min.
  • PLgel MIXED-B manufactured by Polymer Laboratories
  • UV-VIS detector manufactured by Tosoh., trade name: UV-8320GPC
  • a measurement sample was dissolved in chloroform or tetrahydrofuran so as to give a concentration of about 2 mg/mL, and about 1 ⁇ L of the solution was injected into LC-MS (manufactured by Agilent Technologies, trade name: 1100LCMSD).
  • LC-MS manufactured by Agilent Technologies, trade name: 1100LCMSD
  • acetonitrile and tetrahydrofuran were used while changing the ratio thereof and allowed to flow at a flow rate of 0.2 mL/min.
  • L-column 2 ODS 3 ⁇ m
  • TLC-MS was measured by the following method.
  • a measurement sample was dissolved at an arbitrary concentration in any solvent of toluene, tetrahydrofuran or chloroform, the solution was applied on a TLC plate for DART (manufactured by Techno Applications Inc., trade name: YSK5-100), and TLC-IS was measured using The AccuTOF TLC (trade name: JMS-T100TD, manufactured by JEOL Lt.).
  • the temperature of a helium gas in measurement was controlled in the range of 200 to 400° C.
  • NMR was measured by the following method.
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
  • acetonitrile and tetrahydrofuran were used while varying the ratio of acetonitrile/tetrahydrofuran from 100/0 to 0/100 (voluminal ratio) and allowed to flow at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min.
  • Kaseisorb LC ODS 2000 manufactured by Tokyo Chemical industry Co., Ltd.
  • an CDS column having an equivalent performance was used.
  • a photo diode array detector manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., trade name: SPD-M20A was used.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, 4-bromobenzocyclobutene (1000 g), bis(pinacolato)diboron (1404 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium complex (40 g), potassium acetate (1628 g), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (26.6 g) and 1,4-dioxane (10.9 L) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours while heating under reflux. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled down to room temperature, filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, 4-bromoanisole (200 g) and tetrahydrofuran (3.5 L) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to ⁇ 78° C. Thereafter, to this was added a sec-butyllithium cyclohexane solution (1.4 mol/L, 1.67 L), and the mixture was stirred at ⁇ 78° C. for 4 hours. Thereafter, to this was added a tetrahydrofuran solution prepared by dissolving 4-bromo-1-chlorobutane (208 g) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 L), and the mixture was heated up to room temperature, then, stirred at room temperature for 16 hours.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, 1,2-dibromoethane (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1.5 L) were added, the, magnesium (40.6 g) was added, and the mixture was heated up to 75° C. Thereafter, to this was added the compound MM2-st1 (166 g), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hours.
  • the resultant reaction mixture was added to a tetrahydrofuran solution prepared by dissolving 4-bromobenzocyclobutane (102 g) and [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium complex (22.7 g) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 L), and the mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 16 hours. Thereafter, to this were added dilute hydrochloric acid water and ethyl acetate, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product.
  • the resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column using a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and hexane as a developing solvent, to obtain 85 g of a compound MM2-st2 as yellow oil. This operation was repeated, to obtain a necessary amount of the compound MM2-st2.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM2-st2 (90 g) and dichloromethane (1.0 L) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to ⁇ 78° C. Thereafter, to this was added a tribromoborane dichloromethane solution (1 mol/L, 304 mL), and the mixture was stirred at ⁇ 78° C. for 2 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was heated up to room temperature, then, stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was washed with water, then, dichloromethane was added, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated.
  • the resultant filtrate was concentrated, to obtain a crude product.
  • the resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column using a mixed solvent of tert-butyl methyl ether and hexane as a developing solvent, to obtain 45 g of a compound MM2-st3 as a white solid.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM2-st3 (45 g), pyridine (31.7 mL) and dichloromethane (450 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to 0° C. Thereafter, to this was added trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (43.8 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour.
  • the resultant reaction mixture was heated up to room temperature, then, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Thereafter, to this were added water and dichloromethane, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated, to obtain a crude product.
  • the resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column using hexane as a developing solvent, to obtain 50 g of a compound MM2-st4 as pale yellow oil.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM2-st4 (50 g), bis(pinacolato)diboron (99.0 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium complex (2.65 g), potassium acetate (38.3 g) and 1,4-dioxane (600 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 110° C., and stirred at 110° C. for 16 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, then, filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, 2-bromofluorene (4.92 g), 5-bromo-1-pentene (8.94 g), tetrabutylammonium bromide (324 mg) and a potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (50% by weight, 17 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 80° C., and stirred at 80° C. for 4 hours.
  • the resultant reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, water and heptane were added to this, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added magnesium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, magnesium (44.1 g), diethyl ether (18 mL) and several fragments of iodine were added, then, a solution prepared by dissolving neopentyl bromide (206 mL) in diethyl ether (518 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred under reflux for 1 hour.
  • the resultant reaction mixture was added to a solution prepared by dissolving a compound MM4-st0 (179 g) synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2014-133740 in diethyl ether (1800 mL), then, the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM4-st1 (150 g), hexane (300 mL) and triethylsilane (96.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to 0° C. Thereafter, into this was dropped trifluoroacetic acid (220 mL) over a period of 0.5 hours.
  • the resultant reaction mixture was heated up to 30° C., and stirred at 30° C. for 1 hour, then, stirred overnight at room temperature.
  • To the resultant reaction mixture were added hexane and water, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with 10% by weight sodium acetate water and water.
  • a nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the colorless oil (166 g) obtained above and tetrahydrofuran (1500 mL) were added, then, a borane.THF complex (0.28 mol/L tetrahydrofuran solution, 237 mL) was dropped, then, the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 0.5 hours.
  • the resultant reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, then, hexane and water were added, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with water, then, magnesium sulfate was added, and the mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column (a developing solvent: hexane), to obtain 136 g of a compound MM4-st2 as colorless oil.
  • a compound MM10 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in international Publication WO2002/092723.
  • a compound MM11 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2011-174062.
  • a compound MM12 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in international Publication WO2005/049546.
  • a compound MM13 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2010-215886.
  • a compound MM14 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in international Publication WO2002/045184.
  • a compound MM15 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2008-106241.
  • a compound MM16 was synthesized according to the following synthesis method.
  • a compound MM17 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in international Publication WO2013/146806.
  • a compound MM18 was synthesized according to the following synthesis method.
  • a compound MM19 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in International Publication WO2012/086671.
  • a compound MM20 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2004-143419.
  • a gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, a compound Ma2 (64.6 g) and tetrahydrofuran (615 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to ⁇ 70° C.
  • a n-butyllithium hexane solution (1.6 M, 218 mL) was dropped over a period of 1 hour, then, the mixture was stirred at ⁇ 70° C. for 2 hours.
  • a compound Ma1 (42.1 g) was added in several batches, then, the mixture was stirred at ⁇ 70° C. for 2 hours.
  • the resultant organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant crude product was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of toluene and ethanol, thereby obtaining 51.8 g of a compound Ma4 as a white solid. This operation was repeated, thereby obtaining a necessary amount of the compound Ma4.
  • a gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, a compound Mb1 (185.0 g), a compound Mb2 (121.1 g), copper(i) iodide (3.2 g), dichloromethane (185 mL) and triethylamine (2.59 L) were added, and the mixture was heated up to the reflux temperature. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at the reflux temperature for 0.5 hours, and cooled down to room temperature. To this was added dichloromethane (1.85 L), then, the mixture was filtrated through a filter paved with celite. To the resultant filtrate was added a 10% by weight sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution, then, an aqueous layer was separated.
  • the resultant organic layer was washed with water twice, washed with saturated NaCl water, then, magnesium sulfate was added.
  • the resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the resultant residue was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of chloroform and ethyl acetate), thereby obtaining a crude product.
  • the resultant crude product was dissolved in ethanol (1.4 L), then, activated carbon (5 g) was added, and the mixture was filtrated.
  • the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was recrystallized from hexane, thereby obtaining 99.0 g of a compound Mb3 as a white solid. This operation was repeated, thereby obtaining a necessary amount of the compound Mb3.
  • a gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, the compound Mb3 (110.0 g), ethanol (1.65 L) and palladium/carbon (Pd weight: 10%) (11.0 g) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 30° C. Thereafter, a gas in the flask was purged with a hydrogen gas. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 3 hours while feeding a hydrogen gas into the flask. Thereafter, a gas in the flask was purged with a nitrogen gas. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the resultant residue was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of chloroform and ethyl acetate), thereby obtaining a crude product.
  • the resultant crude product was recrystallized from hexane, thereby obtaining 93.4 g of a compound Mb4 as a white solid.
  • the resultant organic layer was washed with a 10% by weight sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution, and further, washed with saturated sodium chloride water and water in this order.
  • sodium sulfate sodium sulfate
  • the resultant residue was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent; hexane), thereby obtaining a crude product.
  • the resultant crude product was recrystallized from hexane, thereby obtaining 47.0 g of a compound Mb6 as a white solid.
  • a gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, sodium iodide (152.1 g) and acetone (600 mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours.
  • Mb6 40.0 g
  • the mixture was heated up to the reflux temperature, and stirred at the reflux temperature for 24 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled down to room temperature, and the resultant mixed liquid was added to water (1.2 L). The deposited solid was separated by filtration, then, washed with water, thereby obtaining a crude product.
  • the resultant crude product was recrystallized from a mixed liquid of toluene and methanol, thereby obtaining 46.0 g of a compound Mb7 as a white solid. This operation was repeated, thereby obtaining a necessary amount of the compound Mb7.
  • the resultant mixed liquid was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, thereby obtaining a crude product.
  • the resultant crude product was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of hexane and toluene). Thereafter, the product was recrystallized from hexane, thereby obtaining 84.1 g of a compound Mb8 as a white solid.
  • the resultant reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, then, toluene and dilute hydrochloric acid water were added, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was further washed with water. The resultant organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was dissolved in heptane (450 mL), then, activated carbon (22.3 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was washed in ethanol while grinding, to obtain 37.1 g of a compound MM18-st1 as a white solid. This operation was repeated, to obtain a necessary amount of the compound MM18-st1.
  • the resultant white solid was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of toluene and methanol, to obtain a white solid.
  • the resultant white solid was washed in acetonitrile while grinding, to obtain 25.5 g of a compound MM18 as a white solid.
  • Step 1 An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.3 g), the compound MM12 (1.1 g), the compound MM13 (70 mg), the compound MM15 (80 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.3 mg) and toluene (42 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
  • Step 2 Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (27 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 8 hours.
  • Step 3 After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM1 (138 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.3 mg), and the mixture was refluxed for 14 hours.
  • Step 4 The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation.
  • the precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order.
  • the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.5 g of a polymer compound 1.
  • the polymer compound 1 had a Mn of 4.7 ⁇ 10 4 and a Mw of 1.5 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the polymer compound 1 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM13 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM1.
  • Step 1 An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (0.92 g), the compound MM13 (58 mg), the compound MM15 (66 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (35 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
  • Step 2 Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (22 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours.
  • Step 3 After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM2 (182 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
  • Step 4 The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation.
  • the precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order.
  • the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.2 g of a polymer compound 2.
  • the polymer compound 2 had a Mn of 4.7 ⁇ 10 4 and a Mw of 1.5 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the polymer compound 2 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM13 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM2.
  • Step 1 An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (0.92 g), the compound MM15 (133 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (36 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
  • Step 2 Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (22 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours.
  • Step 3 After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM3 (218 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
  • Step 4 The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation.
  • the precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order.
  • the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound 3.
  • the polymer compound 3 had a Mn of 5.0 ⁇ 10 4 and a Mw of 1.5 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the polymer compound 3 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:10 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM3.
  • Step 1 An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (0.92 g), the compound MM15 (133 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (36 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
  • Step 2 Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (22 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours.
  • Step 3 After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM2 (181 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
  • Step 4 The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation.
  • the precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order.
  • the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound 4.
  • the polymer compound 4 had a Mn of 5.1 ⁇ 10 4 and a Mw of 1.6 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the polymer compound 4 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:10 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM2.
  • Step 1 An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (0.88 g), the compound MM16 (129 mg), the compound MM17 (62 mg), the compound MM12 (1.1 g), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (35 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
  • Step 2 Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (23 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 7.5 hours.
  • Step 3 After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM1 (115 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
  • Step 4 The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation.
  • the precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order.
  • the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound 5.
  • the polymer compound 5 had a Mn of 3.9 ⁇ 10 4 and a Mw of 1.5 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the polymer compound 5 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM16, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM17 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12 at a molar ratio of 40:5:5:50 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM1.
  • Step 1 An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (0.92 g), the compound MM13 (58 mg), the compound MM18 (84 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (36 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
  • Step 2 Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (23 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 7 hours.
  • Step 3 After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM4 (150 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed for 16 hours.
  • Step 4 The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation.
  • the precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order.
  • the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.2 g of a polymer compound 6.
  • the polymer compound 6 had a Mn of 4.9 ⁇ 10 4 and a Mw of 1.5 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the polymer compound 6 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM13 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM18 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM4.
  • Step 1 An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (920 mg), the compound MM13 (58 mg), the compound MM15 (67 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (35 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
  • Step 2 Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (22 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours.
  • Step 3 After the reaction, to this were added phenylboronic acid (61 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed for 18 hours.
  • Step 4 The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation.
  • the precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order.
  • the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound C1.
  • the polymer compound C1 had a Mn of 4 ⁇ 10 4 and a Mw of 1.4 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the polymer compound C1 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM13 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from phenylboronic acid.
  • Step 1 An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.3 g), the compound MM12 (1.1 g), the compound MM10 (72 mg), the compound MM14 (85 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.3 mg) and toluene (42 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
  • Step 2 Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (27 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours.
  • Step 3 After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM1 (140 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.3 mg), and the mixture was refluxed for 17 hours.
  • Step 4 The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation.
  • the precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order.
  • the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound C2.
  • the polymer compound C2 had a Mn of 4.6 ⁇ 10 4 and a Mw of 1.4 ⁇ 10 5 .
  • the polymer compound C2 is a copolymer constituted a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM10 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM14 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM1.
  • the polymer compound E1 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM19, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM14 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM20 at a molar ratio of 50:45:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from phenylboronic acid.
  • the polymer compound 1 was dissolved in xylene, to prepare a 0.7% by weight xylene solution. On a glass substrate, this xylene solution was spin-coated to form a film with a thickness of 20 nm, then, the film was heated on a hot plate at 180° C. for 60 minutes in a nitrogen gas atmosphere. Thereafter, it was cooled down to room temperature, to fabricate a measurement sample 1-1.
  • T 1 of the measurement sample 1-1 was 0.701.
  • a light transmission measurement apparatus manufactured by Varian, Inc., trade name: Cary 5E ultraviolet.visible spectral photometer
  • the wavelength sweeping in measuring light transmission was from 300 to 600 nm.
  • the measurement sample 1-1 was immersed in xylene, the mixture was stirred for 60 minutes, then, the product was taken out from xylene. Thereafter, the product was placed on a spin coater and dried by rotating at 1000 rpm for 10 seconds, to fabricate a measurement sample 1-2.
  • T 2 of the measurement sample 1-2 was 0.701.
  • a measurement sample 2-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T 1 ) of the measurement sample 2-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 2 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio.
  • T 1 of the measurement sample 2-1 was 0.730.
  • a measurement sample 2-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T 2 ) of the measurement sample 2-2 was determined.
  • T 2 of the measurement sample 2-2 was 0.740.
  • the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 2 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 95.7%. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • a measurement sample 3-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T 1 ) of the measurement sample 3-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 3 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio.
  • T 1 of the measurement sample 3-1 was 0.726.
  • a measurement sample 3-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T 2 ) of the measurement sample 3-2 was determined.
  • T 2 of the measurement sample 3-2 was 0.751.
  • the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 3 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 89.4%. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • a measurement sample 4-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T 1 ) of the measurement sample 4-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 4 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio.
  • T 1 of the measurement sample 4-1 was 0.727.
  • a measurement sample 4-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T 2 ) of the measurement sample 4-2 was determined.
  • T 2 of the measurement sample 4-2 was 0.727.
  • the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 4 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 100%. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • a measurement sample 5-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T 1 ) of the measurement sample 5-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 5 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio.
  • T 1 of the measurement sample 5-1 was 0.753.
  • a measurement sample 5-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T 2 ) of the measurement sample 5-2 was determined.
  • T 2 of the measurement sample 5-2 was 0.761.
  • the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 5 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 96.3. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • a measurement sample 6-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T 1 ) of the measurement sample 6-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 6 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio.
  • T 1 of the measurement sample 6-1 was 0.723.
  • a measurement sample 6-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T 2 ) of the measurement sample 6-2 was determined.
  • T 2 of the measurement sample 6-2 was 0.724.
  • the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 6 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 99.6%. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • a measurement sample C1-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T 1 ) of the measurement sample C1-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound C1 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio.
  • T 1 of the measurement sample C1-1 was 0.702.
  • a measurement sample C1-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T 2 ) of the measurement sample C1-2 was determined.
  • T 2 of the measurement sample C1-2 was 0.755.
  • the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound C1 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 79.4%. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • a measurement sample C2-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T 1 ) of the measurement sample C2-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound C2 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio.
  • T 1 of the measurement sample C2-1 was 0.702.
  • a measurement sample C2-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T 2 ) of the measurement sample C2-2 was determined.
  • T 2 of the measurement sample C2-2 was 0.785.
  • the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound C2 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 68.4%. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • a glass substrate was attached with an ITO film with a thickness of 45 nm by a sputtering method, to form an anode.
  • a polythiophene.sulfonic acid type hole injection agent AQ-1200 manufactured by Plextronics was spin-coated to form a film with a thickness of 35 nm, and the film was heated on a hot plate at 170° C. for 15 minutes under an air atmosphere, to form a hole injection layer.
  • the polymer compound 1 was dissolved at a concentration of 0.7% by weight in xylene.
  • the resultant xylene solution was spin-coated on the hole injection layer to form a film with a thickness of 20 nm, and the film was heated on a hot plate at 180° C. for 30 minutes under a nitrogen gas atmosphere, to form a hole transporting layer.
  • the polymer compound E1 was dissolved at a concentration of 1.1% by weight in xylene.
  • the resultant xylene solution was spin-coated on the hole transporting layer to form a film with a thickness of 60 nm, and the film was heated on a hot plate at 150° C. for 10 minutes under a nitrogen gas atmosphere, to form a light emitting layer.
  • the substrate carrying the light emitting layer formed thereon was placed in a vapor deposition machine and the internal pressure thereof was reduced to 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa or less, then, as a cathode, sodium fluoride was vapor-deposited with a thickness of about 7 nm on the light emitting layer, then, aluminum was vapor-deposited with a thickness of about 120 nm on this. After vapor deposition, sealing with a glass substrate was performed, to fabricate a light emitting device D1.
  • Example CD1 Fabrication and Evaluation of Light Emitting Device CD1
  • a light emitting device CD1 was fabricated in the same manner as in Example D1 excepting that a polymer compound C1 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Example D1.
  • Example CD2 Fabrication and Evaluation of Light Emitting Device CD2
  • a light emitting device CD2 was fabricated in the same manner as in Example D1 excepting that a polymer compound C2 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Example D1.
  • a polymer compound excellent in crosslinkability can be provided. Also, according to the present invention, a method for producing the polymer compound can be provided. Further, according to the present invention, a composition comprising the polymer compound and a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound can be provided.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Polyoxymethylene Polymers And Polymers With Carbon-To-Carbon Bonds (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

A polymer compound having an excellent crosslinking ability is provided. The polymer compound has at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) and a constitutional unit represented by the formula (2):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00001

In the constitutional unit represented by formula (1), mT represents an integer of 0 to 5, nT represents an integer of 1 to 4, cT represents an integer of 0 to 1, QT represents a crosslinkable group, KT represents an alkylene group or the like and ArT represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or the like. In the constitutional unit represented by formula (2), mA represents an integer of 0 to 5, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, Ar1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or the like, KA represents an alkylene group or the like and Q1 represents a crosslinkable group.

Description

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application is a Section 371 of International Application No. PCT/JP2015/076390, filed Sep. 17, 2015, which was published in the Japanese language on Mar. 31, 2016 under International Publication No. WO 2016/047536 A1, and the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to a polymer compound and a light emitting device using the same.
BACKGROUND ART
An organic electroluminescent device (hereinafter, referred to also as “light emitting device”) can be suitably used for the application of a display and are recently attracting attention, because of high light emission efficiency and low driving voltage. This light emitting device has organic layers such as a light emitting layer and a charge transporting layer. Polymer compounds used for production of a light emitting device are investigated because an organic layer can be formed by application methods typified by an inkjet printing method, by use of the polymer compounds.
Patent document 1 describes a polymer compound comprising a constitutional unit derived from an aromatic hydrocarbon having a crosslinkable group in the side chain (the constitutional unit having a crosslinkable group contained in the polymer compound consists only of a constitutional unit derived from an aromatic hydrocarbon having a crosslinkable group in the side chain), as a material used in an organic layer of a light emitting device. Patent document 2 describes a polymer compound containing at the terminal a constitutional unit composed of a crosslinkable group (the constitutional unit having a crosslinkable group contained in the polymer compound consists only of a constitutional unit at the terminal composed of a crosslinkable group), as a material used in an organic layer of a light emitting device. Because these polymer compounds have a crosslinkable groups, it is possible that the polymer compound is subjected to an application method to form a film, then, the crosslinkable group is cross-linked by heating and the like, to form an organic layer which is substantially insoluble in a solvent. It is possible to laminate the other organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) on this organic layer by an application method.
PRIOR ART DOCUMENT Patent Document
[Patent document 1] JP-A No. 2008-106241
[Patent document 2] Japanese Patent Application National Publication No. Hei 11-510535
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Problem to be Solved by the Invention
The polymer compounds described in Patent documents 1 and 2 described above, however, had not necessarily sufficient crosslinkability.
Then, the present invention has an object of providing a polymer compound excellent in crosslinkability. Also, the present invention has an object of providing a method for producing the polymer compound. Further, the present invention has an object of providing a composition comprising the polymer compound and a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound.
Means for Solving the Problem
The present invention provides the following [1] to [14].
[1] A polymer compound comprising:
at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the following formula (1) and
at least one type of constitutional unit selected from the group consisting of constitutional units represented by the following formula (2) and constitutional units represented by the following formula (2′):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00002

[wherein,
mT represents an integer of 0 to 5, nT represents an integer of 1 to 4, and cT represents 0 or 1. When there are a plurality of mT, they may be the same or different. nT is 1 when cT is 0.
QT represents a crosslinkable group selected from the following Group A of crosslinkable groups. When there are a plurality of QT, they may be the same or different.
KT represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of KT, they may be the same or different.
ArT represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.]
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00003

[wherein,
mA represents an integer of 0 to 5, and n represents 1 or 2. When there are a plurality of mA, they may be the same or different.
Ar1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
KA represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR″—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R″ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of KA, they may be the same or different.
Q1 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups. When there are a plurality of Q1, they may be the same or different.]
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00004

[wherein,
mB represents an integer of 0 to 5, m represents an integer of 1 to 4, and c represents 0 or 1. When there are a plurality of mB, they may be the same or different.
Ar3 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which at least one type of aromatic hydrocarbon ring and at least one type of heterocyclic ring are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Ar2 and Ar4 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Each of groups Ar2, Ar3 and Ar4 optionally is bonded directly or via an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to a group and that is attached to the nitrogen atom to which that group is attached but that is different from that group itself, thereby forming a ring.
KB represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′″—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′″ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of KB, they may be the same or different.
Q2 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of Q2, they may be the same or different. At least one Q2 is a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups.]
(Group A of Crosslinkable Groups)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00005
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00006

[wherein, RXL represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and nXL represents an integer of 0 to 5. When there are a plurality of RXL, they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of nXL, they may be the same or different. * represents a binding site. The foregoing crosslinkable groups each optionally have a substituent.]
[2] The polymer compound according to [1], wherein QT is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17).
[3] The polymer compound according to [1] or [2], wherein Q1 is a constitutional unit represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17).
[4] The polymer compound according to [1] or [2], wherein Q2 is a constitutional unit represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17).
[5] The polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein cT is 0.
[6] The polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein
cT is 1, and
ArT is a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent, a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent, a phenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent or a dihydrophenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent (nT+1) hydrogen atoms attached directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring.
[7] The polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [6], further comprising a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (X):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00007

[wherein,
a1 and a2 each independently represent an integer of 0 or more.
ArX1 and ArX3 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
ArX2 and ArX4 each independently represent an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, or a divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of ArX2 or ArX4, they may be the same or different at each occurrence.
RX1, RX2 and RX3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of RX2 or RX3, they may be the same or different at each occurrence.]
[8] The polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [7], further comprising a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (Y):
[Chemical Formula 6]
Figure US10336860-20190702-Brketopenst
ArY1
Figure US10336860-20190702-Brketclosest
  (Y)
[wherein, ArY1 represents an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, or a divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent].
[9] The polymer compound according to [8], wherein the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) is a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (Y-1) or a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (Y-2):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00008

[wherein, RY1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RY1 may be the same or different, and adjacent groups RY1 may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.]
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00009

[wherein,
RY1 is as defined above.
XY1 represents a group represented by —C(RY2)2—, —C(RY2)═C(RY2)— or —C(RY2)2—C(RY2)2—, wherein RY2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RY2 may be the same or different, and groups RY2 may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.]
[10] The polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) is contained in an amount of 0.1 mol % to 20 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound.
[11] A method for producing the polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [10], comprising
a step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (2M) and a compound represented by the following formula (2′M) and
a step of end capping with a compound represented by the following formula (1M),
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00010

[wherein,
mA, n, Ar1, KA and Q1 are as defined above.
Z1 and Z2 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents.]
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00011

[wherein,
mB, m, c, Ar2, Ar3, Ar4, KB and Q2 are as defined above.
Z3 and Z4 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents.]
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00012

[wherein,
mT, nT, cT, QT, KT and ArT are as defined above.
ZT represents a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents.]
<Group A of Substituents>
a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and a group represented by —O—S(═O)2RC1 (wherein, RC1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.)
<Group B of Substituents>
a group represented by -B(ORC2)2 (wherein, RC2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RC2 may be the same or different, and may be combined together to form a cyclic structure together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached);
a group represented by -BF3Q′ (wherein, Q′ represents Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs);
a group represented by —MgY′ (wherein, Y′ represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom);
a group represented by —ZnY″ (wherein, Y″ represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom); and
a group represented by —Sn(RC3)3 (wherein, RC3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RC3 may be the same or different, and may be combined together to form a cyclic structure together with the tin atom to which they are attached).
[12] The polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [10] produced by a production method comprising
a step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M), and
and a step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M).
[13] A composition comprising:
the polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [10] and [12], and
at least one type of material selected from the group consisting of a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material, an electron injection material, a light emitting material, an antioxidant and a solvent.
[14] A light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound according to any one of [1] to [10] and [12].
Effect of the Invention
The present invention can provide a polymer compound excellent in crosslinkability. Also, the present invention can provide a method for producing the polymer compound. Further, the present invention can provide a composition comprising the polymer compound and a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound.
MODES FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
Suitable embodiments of the present invention will be illustrated in detail below.
Explanation of Common Term
Terms commonly used in the present specification have the following meanings unless otherwise stated.
Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, i-Pr represents an isopropyl group, and t-Bu represents a tert-butyl group.
A hydrogen atom may be a light hydrogen atom or a heavy hydrogen atom.
A solid line representing a bond to a central metal in a formula representing a metal complex denotes a coordinate bond or a covalent bond.
“Polymer compound” denotes a polymer having molecular weight distribution and having a polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight of 1×103 to 1×108.
“Low molecular weight compound” denotes a compound having no molecular weight distribution and having a molecular weight of 1×104 or less.
“Constitutional unit” denotes a unit structure found once or more in a polymer compound.
“Terminal constitutional unit” denotes a unit present at the terminal in a polymer compound, and usually denotes a unit present at the terminal of the main chain in a polymer compound. When one main chain is present in a polymer compound, two “terminal constitutional units” are present, and when two or more main chains are present in a polymer compound (in the case of a branched polymer compound), three or more “terminal constitutional units” are present.
“Alkyl group” may be any of linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the linear alkyl group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 1 to 50, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 4 to 20. The number of carbon atoms of the branched alkyl groups is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 4 to 20.
The alkyl group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, an isoamyl group, a 2-ethylbutyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, a octyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 3-propylheptyl group, a decyl group, a 3,7-dimethyloctyl group, a 2-ethyloctyl group, a 2-hexyldecyl group and a dodecyl group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or the like, and the alkyl group having a substituent includes a trifluoromethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, a perfluorooctyl group, a 3-phenylpropyl group, a 3-(4-methylphenyl)propyl group, a 3-(3,5-di-n-hexylphenyl) propyl group and a 6-ethyloxyhexyl group.
The number of carbon atoms of “cycloalkyl group” is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 4 to 20.
The cycloalkyl group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a cyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylmethyl group and a cyclohexylethyl group.
“Aryl group” denotes an atomic group remaining after removing from an aromatic hydrocarbon one hydrogen atom linked directly to a carbon atom constituting the ring. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10.
The aryl group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-anthracenyl group, a 2-anthracenyl group, a 9-anthracenyl group, a 1-pyrenyl group, a 2-pyrenyl group, a 4-pyrenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 3-fluorenyl group, a 4-fluorenyl group, a 2-phenylphenyl group, a 3-phenylphenyl group, a 4-phenylphenyl group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or the like.
“Alkoxy group” may be any of linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the linear alkoxy group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 1 to 40, preferably 4 to 10. The number of carbon atoms of the branched alkoxy group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 3 to 40, preferably 4 to 10.
The alkoxy group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propyloxy group, an isopropyloxy group, a butyloxy group, an isobutyloxy group, a tert-butyloxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a heptyloxy group, a octyloxy group, a 2-ethylhexyloxy group, a nonyloxy group, a decyloxy group, a 3,7-dimethyloctyloxy group and a lauryloxy group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or the like.
The number of carbon atoms of “Cycloalkoxy group” is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 3 to 40, preferably 4 to 10.
The cycloalkoxy group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a cyclohexyloxy group.
The number of carbon atoms of “Aryloxy group” is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 6 to 60, preferably 7 to 48.
The aryloxy group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenoxy group, a 1-naphthyloxy group, a 2-naphthyloxy group, a 1-anthracenyloxy group, a 9-anthracenyloxy group, a 1-pyrenyloxy group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, a fluorine atom or the like.
“p-Valent heterocyclic group” (p represents an integer of 1 or more) denotes an atomic group remaining after removing from a heterocyclic compound p hydrogen atoms among hydrogen atoms directly linked to a carbon atom or a hetero atom constituting the ring. Of p-valent heterocyclic groups, “p-valent aromatic heterocyclic groups” as an atomic group remaining after removing from an aromatic heterocyclic compound p hydrogen atoms among hydrogen atoms directly linked to a carbon atom or a hetero atom constituting the ring are preferable.
“Aromatic heterocyclic compound” denotes a compound in which the heterocyclic ring itself shows aromaticity such as oxadiazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, oxazole, thiophene, pyrrole, phosphole, furan, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, triazine, pyridazine, quinoline, isoquinoline, carbazole and dibenzophosphole, and a compound in which an aromatic ring is condensed to the heterocyclic ring even if the heterocyclic ring itself shows no aromaticity such as phenoxazine, phenothiazine, dibenzoborole, dibenzosilole and benzopyran.
The number of carbon atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 2 to 60, preferably 4 to 20.
The monovalent heterocyclic group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a thienyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a furyl group, a pyridyl group, a piperidinyl group, a quinolinyl group, an isoquinolinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a triazinyl group, and groups obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom in these groups with an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or the like.
“Halogen atom” denotes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
“Amino group” optionally has a substituent, and a substituted amino group is preferable. The substituent which an amino group has is preferably an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group.
The substituted amino group includes, for example, a dialkylamino group, a dicycloalkylamino group and a diarylamino group.
The amino group includes, for example, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a diphenylamino group, a bis(4-methylphenyl)amino group, a bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)amino group and a bis(3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)amino group.
“Alkenyl group” may be any of linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the linear alkenyl group, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 2 to 30, preferably 3 to 20. The number of carbon atoms of the branched alkenyl group, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 3 to 30, preferably 4 to 20.
The number of carbon atoms of “Cycloalkenyl group”, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 3 to 30, preferably 4 to 20.
The alkenyl group and cycloalkenyl group each optionally have a substituent, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-propenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, a 3-pentenyl group, a 4-pentenyl group, a 1-hexenyl group, a 5-hexenyl group, a 7-octenyl group, the foregoing groups having a substituent.
“Alkynyl group” may be any of linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkynyl group, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 2 to 20, preferably 3 to 20. The number of carbon atoms of the branched alkynyl group, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 4 to 30, preferably 4 to 20.
The number of carbon atoms of “Cycloalkynyl group”, not including the number of carbon atoms of the substituent, is usually 4 to 30, preferably 4 to 20.
The alkynyl group and cycloalkynyl group each optionally have a substituent, and examples thereof include an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, a 3-butynyl group, a 3-pentynyl group, a 4-pentynyl group, a 1-hexenyl group, a 5-hexenyl group, the foregoing groups having a substituent.
“Arylene group” denotes an atomic group remaining after removing from an aromatic hydrocarbon two hydrogen atoms linked directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring. The number of carbon atoms of the arylene group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18.
The arylene group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, a dihydrophenanthrenediyl group, a naphthacenediyl group, a fluorenediyl group, a pyrenediyl group, a perylenediyl group, a chrysenediyl group, the foregoing groups having a substituent, preferably, groups represented by the formulae (A-1) to (A-20). The arylene group includes groups obtained by linking a plurality of these groups.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00013
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00014
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00015
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00016

[wherein, R and Ra each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group. The plurality of R and Ra each may be the same or different, and adjacent groups Ra may be combined together to form a ring together with the atoms to which they are attached.]
The number of carbon atoms of the divalent heterocyclic group is, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent, usually 2 to 60, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 4 to 15.
The divalent heterocyclic group optionally has a substituent, and examples thereof include divalent groups obtained by removing from pyridine, diazabenzene, triazine, azanaphthalene, diazanaphthalene, carbazole, dibenzofuran, dibenzothiophene, dibenzosilole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, acridine, dihydroacridine, furan, thiophene, azole, diazole and triazole two hydrogen atoms among hydrogen atoms linking directly to a carbon atom or a hetero atom constituting the ring, preferably groups represented by the formulae (AA-1) to (AA-34). The divalent heterocyclic group includes groups obtained by linking a plurality of these groups.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00017
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00018
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00019
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00020
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00021

[wherein, R and Ra are as defined above.]
“Crosslinkable group” is a group capable of forming a new bond by being subjected to heating treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, a radical reaction and the like, and crosslinkable groups are preferably groups represented by the formulae (XL-1) to (XL-17) of Group A of crosslinkable groups.
“Substituent” represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a monovalent heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group or a cycloalkynyl group. The substituent may be a crosslinkable group.
<Polymer Compound>
The polymer compound of the present invention is a polymer compound comprising
at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1), and
at least one type of constitutional unit selected from the group consisting of constitutional units represented by the formula (2) and constitutional units represented by the formula (2′).
The terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) contained in the polymer compound of the present invention is usually a constitutional unit formed by “a step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M)” in the following method of producing the polymer compound of the present invention.
The at least one type of constitutional unit selected from the group consisting of constitutional units represented by the formula (2) and constitutional units represented by the formula (2′) contained in the polymer compound of the present invention is usually a constitutional unit formed by “a step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′N)” in the following method of producing the polymer compound of the present invention.
[Terminal Constitutional Unit Represented by the Formula (1)]
mT is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1, further preferably 0, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
When there are a plurality of mT, they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same integer, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
nT is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, further preferably 1, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
QT is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1) or (XL-17), among crosslinkable groups selected from the following Group A of crosslinkable groups, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
The crosslinkable group represented by QT (that is, a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups) optionally has a substituent. The substituent which the crosslinkable group represented by QT optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
When the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) as QT has a substituent, the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00022

[wherein,
xT represents an integer of 1 to 4.
RXLS represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of RXLS, they may be the same or different, and may be combined together to form a ring together with carbon atoms to which they are attached.
* represents a binding site.]
xT is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, further preferably 1, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
RXLS is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, further preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, particularly preferably an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
The crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′) includes crosslinkable groups represented by the formula (XLS-1) to the formula (XLS-7), and is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XLS-1), the formula (XLS-3) or the formula (XLS-4), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XLS-1) or the formula (XLS-3), further preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XLS-3), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00023

[wherein, * represents a binding site.]
When there are a plurality of QT, they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same crosslinkable group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
KT is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkylene group or an arylene group, further preferably an alkylene group, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group represented by KT is usually 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkylene group represented by KT is usually 3 to 10, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
The alkylene group and the cycloalkylene group each optionally having a substituent, and include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, butylene group, a hexylene group, a cyclohexylene group and an octylene group.
The arylene group represented by KT optionally has a substituent, and includes, for example, o-phenylene, m-phenylene and p-phenylene.
The substituent which the group represented by KT optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
When there are a plurality of KT, they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same group or atom, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
When there are a plurality of KT, two or more K′ may be a group represented by —NR′—, and it is preferable that groups represented by —NR′— are not adjacent.
When there are a plurality of KT, two or more KT may be an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and it is preferable that these atoms are not adjacent.
ArT is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally having a substituent, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by ArT is usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group represented by ArT is usually 3 to 60, preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
ArT is preferably a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent, a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent, a phenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent or a dihydrophenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent, more preferably a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent or a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent (nT+1) hydrogen atoms attached directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the heterocyclic group represented by ArT each optionally have a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, a monovalent heterocyclic group and a cyano group.
The polymer compound of the present invention comprises at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1), and preferably contains two terminal constitutional units represented by the formula (1), because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
The amount of the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably 0.1 mol %; to 20 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
It is preferable that mT is an integer of 0 to 3 and nT is an integer of 1 to 3, it is further preferable that mT is 0 or 1 and nT is 1 or 2, in the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1).
The terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) includes, for example, terminal constitutional units represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-33), and is preferably an terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-7), the formula (1-10), the formula (1-12), the formula (1-13), the formula (1-16), the formula (1-20), the formula (1-23), the formula (1-24) or the formula (1-31), more preferably an terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-1), the formula (1-4) to the formula (1-7), the formula (1-10), the formula (1-12), the formula (1-13), the formula (1-16), the formula (1-20), the formula (1-23), the formula (1-24) or the formula (1-31), further preferably an terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-4), the formula (1-6), the formula (1-10), the formula (1-12), the formula (1-13), the formula (1-16), the formula (1-20), the formula (1-23) or the formula (1-24), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
TABLE 1
formula mT nT cT QT KT ArT
(1-1)  0 1 0 (XL-1) 
(1-2)  0 1 0 (XL-7) 
(1-3)  0 1 0 (XL-16)
(1-4)  0 1 0 (XL-17)
(1-5)  1 1 1 (XL-1) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00024
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00025
(1-6)  1 1 1 (XL-17)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00026
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00027
(1-7)  1 1 1 (XL-1) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00028
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00029
(1-8)  1 1 1 (XL-2) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00030
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00031
(1-9)  2 1 1 (XL-17)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00032
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00033
(1-10) 1 1 1 (XL-1) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00034
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00035
(1-11) 1 3 1 (XL-3) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00036
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00037
(1-12) 1 1 1 (XL-17)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00038
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00039
TABLE 2
formula mT nT cT QT KT ArT
(1-13) 1 2 1 (XL-1) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00040
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00041
(1-14) 1 4 1 (XL-5) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00042
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00043
(1-15) 1 2 1 (XL-1) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00044
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00045
(1-16) 1 2 1 (XL-1) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00046
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00047
(1-17) 1 2 1 (XL-6) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00048
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00049
(1-18) 1 2 1 (XL-10)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00050
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00051
(1-19) 1 1 1 (XL-17)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00052
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00053
(1-20) 1 2 1 (XL-1) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00054
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00055
(1-21) 1 2 1 (XL-4) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00056
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00057
(1-22) 3 2 1 (XL-17)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00058
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00059
(1-23) 1 2 1 (XL-17)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00060
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00061
TABLE 3
formula mT nT cT QT KT ArT
(1-24) 0 2 1 (XL-17)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00062
(1-25) 1 2 1 (XL-11)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00063
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00064
(1-26) 5 2 1 (XL-12)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00065
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00066
(1-27) 4 1 1 (XL-13)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00067
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00068
(1-28) 1 2 1 (XL-14)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00069
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00070
(1-29) 1 2 1 (XL-15)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00071
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00072
(1-30) 0 2 1 (XL-16)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00073
(1-31) 0 2 1 (XL-17)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00074
(1-32) 0 1 1 (XL-3) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00075
(1-33) 0 1 1 (XL-1) 
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00076

[wherein, * represents a binding site of ArT and KT, and ** represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.]
When QT is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′) in the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1), the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) includes, for example, terminal constitutional units represented by the formula (1-34) to the formula (1-45), and is preferably an terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-34), the formula (1-36), the formula (1-37) or the formula (1-41) to the formula (1-45), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (1-36), the formula (1-42), the formula (1-44) or the formula (1-45), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
TABLE 4
formula mT nT cT QT KT ArT
(1-34) 0 1 0 (XLS-1)
(1-35) 0 1 0 (XLS-2)
(1-36) 0 1 0 (XLS-3)
(1-37) 0 1 0 (XLS-4)
(1-38) 0 1 0 (XLS-5)
(1-39) 0 1 0 (XLS-6)
(1-40) 0 1 0 (XLS-7)
(1-41) 1 1 1 (XLS-1)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00077
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00078
(1-42) 1 1 1 (XLS-3)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00079
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00080
(1-43) 0 2 1 (XLS-1)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00081
(1-44) 0 2 1 (XLS-3)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00082
(1-45) 1 2 1 (XLS-3)
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00083
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00084

[wherein, * represents a binding site of ArT and KT, and ** represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.]
When the polymer compound of the present invention contains two or more terminal constitutional units represented by the formula (1), the constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention, and it is preferable that the constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
[Constitutional Unit Represented by the Formula (2)]
mA is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
Ar1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally having a substituent, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar1 is usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
The arylene group portion obtained by removing n substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-20), more preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-2), the formula (A-6) to the formula (A-10), the formula (A-19) or the formula (A-20), further preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-2) or the formula (A-9), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group represented by Ar1 is usually 6 to 60, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
The divalent heterocyclic group portion obtained by removing n substituents of the heterocyclic group represented by Ar1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (AA-1) to the formula (AA-34).
Ar1 is preferably a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent, a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent, a phenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent or a dihydrophenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent (2+n) hydrogen atoms linked directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring, more preferably a group obtained by from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent or a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent removing (2+n) hydrogen atoms linked directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring, further preferably a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent or a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent (2+n) hydrogen atoms linked directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the heterocyclic group represented by Ar1 each optionally have a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, a monovalent heterocyclic group and a cyano group.
KA is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkylene group or an arylene group, further preferably an alkylene group, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group represented by KA is usually 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkylene group represented by KA is usually 3 to 10, not including the number of carbon atoms of a substituent.
The alkylene group and the cycloalkylene group each optionally have a substituent, and include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, a cyclohexylene group and an octylene group.
The arylene group represented by KA optionally has a substituent, and includes, for example, o-phenylene, m-phenylene and p-phenylene.
The substituent which the group represented by KA optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
When there are a plurality of KA, they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same group or atom, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
When there are a plurality of KA, two or more KT may be a group represented by —NR″—, and it is preferable that groups represented by —NR″— are not adjacent.
When there are a plurality of KA, two or more KT may be an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and it is preferable that these atoms are not adjacent.
Q1 is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1) or (XL-17), among crosslinkable groups selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
The crosslinkable group represented by Q1 (that is, crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups) optionally has a substituent. The substituent which the crosslinkable group represented by Q1 optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
When the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) as Q1 has a substituent, the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
The examples and preferable range when Q1 is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′) are the same as the examples and preferable range when QT is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′).
When there are a plurality of Q1, they may be the same or different, and it is preferable that they are the same crosslinkable group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
When mA is an integer of 1 to 5 in a constitutional unit represented by the formula (2), it is preferable that KA is an alkylene group and Q1 is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1) or the formula (XL-17).
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (2) is preferably 2 to 90 mol %, more preferably 2 to 70 mol %, further preferably 3 to 50 mol %, with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent in stability.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (2) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-29), the constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-29) each optionally having a substituent. Preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-8), the formula (2-13), the formula (2-17) to the formula (2-21) or the formula (2-25) to the formula (2-29), more preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1), the formula (2-5), the formula (2-6), the formula (2-13), the formula (2-17), the formula (2-18), the formula (2-21), the formula (2-25), the formula (2-27) or the formula (2-28), further preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-1), the formula (2-6), the formula (2-13), the formula (2-18), the formula (2-27) or the formula (2-28), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00085
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00086

[wherein, Q1 represents are as defined above. R1 represents an alkyl group, and the alkyl group optionally has a substituent. When there are a plurality of R1, they may be the same or different.]
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00087
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00088
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00089

[wherein, Q1, KA and R1 are as defined above. When there are a plurality of Q1, KA or R1, they may be the same or different at each occurrence.]
Specific examples of the constitutional unit represented by the formula (2) include, for example, constitutional units represented by the formula (2-101) to the formula (2-137). Of them, preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-101), the formula (2-104), the formula (2-111), the formula (2-112), the formula (2-120) to the formula (2-129) or the formula (2-132) to the formula (2-137), more preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-101), the formula (2-104), the formula (2-111), the formula (2-121), the formula (2-123) to the formula (2-127) or the formula (2-132) to the formula (2-136), further preferable are constitutional units represented by the formula (2-101), the formula (2-111), the formula (2-121), the formula (2-123), the formula (2-126), the formula (2-127) or the formula (2-132) to the formula (2-136), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00090
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00091
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00092
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00093
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00094
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00095
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (2) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention.
[Constitutional Unit Represented by the Formula (2′)]
mB is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
m is preferably 2, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
c is preferably 0, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
Ar3 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group, because a light emitting device using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent in light emission efficiency.
The definition and examples of the arylene group portion obtained by removing m substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar3 are the same as the definition and examples of the arylene group represented by ArX2 in the following formula (X).
The definition and examples of the divalent group obtained by removing m substituents of a group in which at least one type of aromatic hydrocarbon ring and at least one type of heterocyclic ring represented by Ar3 are bonded directly are the same as the definition and examples of the divalent group represented by ArX2 in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly in the following formula (X).
Ar2 and Ar4 represent preferably an arylene group, because production of the polymer compound of the present invention is easier.
The definition and examples of the arylene group represented by Ar2 and Ar4 are the same as the definition and examples of the arylene group represented by ArX1 and ArX3 in the following formula (X).
The definition and examples of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar2 and Ar4 are the same as the definition and examples of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by ArX1 and ArX3 in the following formula (X).
The group represented by Ar2, Ar3 and Ar4 each optionally has a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, a monovalent heterocyclic group and a cyano group.
The definitions and examples of the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group represented by KB are the same as the definitions and examples of the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group represented by KA, respectively.
KB is preferably a phenylene group or a methylene group, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention becomes higher.
Q2 is preferably a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, further preferably a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. At least one Q2 is a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups.
The crosslinkable group represented by Q2 is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), more preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1) or (XL-17), among crosslinkable groups selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
The crosslinkable group represented by Q2 (that is, a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups) optionally has a substituent. The substituent which the crosslinkable group represented by Q2 optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, because synthesis of the polymer compound of the present invention is easy.
When the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) as Q2 has a substituent, the crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17) is preferably a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
The examples and preferable range when Q2 is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′) are the same as the examples and preferable range when QT is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-17′).
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′) is preferably 2 to 90 mol %, more preferably 2 to 70 mol %, further preferably 3 to 50 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent in stability.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formula (2′-1) to the formula (2′-9), the constitutional units represented by the formula (2′-1) to the formula (2′-9) each optionally having a substituent. Preferable is a constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′-3) or the formula (2′-9), because the crosslinkability of the polymer compound of the present invention is more excellent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00096
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00097

[wherein, Q2 and KB are as defined above. When there are a plurality of Q2, they may be the same or different.]
Specific examples of the constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′) include, for example, constitutional units represented by the formula (2′-101) to the formula (2′-109).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00098
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00099
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (2′) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention.
[Other Constitutional Unit]
It is preferable that the polymer compound of the present invention further comprises a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X), because hole transportability is excellent.
aX1 is preferably an integer of 2 or less, more preferably 1, because the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
aX2 is preferably an integer of 2 or less, more preferably 0, because the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
RX1, RX2 and RX3 are preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The arylene group represented by ArX1 and ArX3 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1) or the formula (A-9), further preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The divalent heterocyclic group represented by ArX1 and ArX3 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (AA-1), the formula (AA-2) or the formula (AA-7) to (AA-26), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
ArX1 and ArX3 are preferably an arylene group optionally having a substituent.
The arylene group represented by ArX2 and ArX4 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-6), the formula (A-7), the formulae (A-9) to (A-11) or the formula (A-19), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The more preferable range of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by ArX2 and ArX4 is the same as the more preferable range of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by ArX1 and ArX3.
The more preferable range and the further preferable range of the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group in the divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by ArX2 and ArX4 are the same as the more preferable range and the further preferable range of the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group represented by ArX1 and ArX3, respectively.
The divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by ArX2 and ArX4 includes, for example, groups represented by the following formulae, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00100

[wherein, RXX represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.]
RXX is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
ArX2 and ArX4 are preferably an arylene group optionally having a substituent.
The substituent which the group represented by ArX1 to ArX4 and RX1 to RX3 optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally further having a substituent.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) is preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X-1) to (X-7), more preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X-3) to (X-7), further preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X-3) to (X-6).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00101
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00102

[wherein, RX4 and RX5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, a monovalent heterocyclic group or a cyano group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RX4 may be the same or different. The plurality of RX5 may be the same or different, and adjacent groups RX5 may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.]
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) is preferably 0.1 to 90 mol %, more preferably 1 to 70 mol %, further preferably 5 to 50 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because hole transportability is excellent.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formulae (X1-1) to (X1-19), preferably constitutional units represented by the formulae (X1-6) to (X1-14).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00103
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00104
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00105
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00106
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00107
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound of the present invention.
It is preferable that the polymer compound of the present invention further comprises a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y), because the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
It is preferable that the polymer compound of the present invention further comprises a constitutional unit represented by the formula (X) and a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y), because the light emission efficiency of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
The arylene group represented by ArY1 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-6), the formula (A-7), the formula (A-9) to (A-11), the formula (A-13) or the formula (A-19), further preferably a group represented by the formula (A-1), the formula (A-7), the formula (A-9) or the formula (A-19), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The divalent heterocyclic group represented by ArY1 is more preferably a group represented by the formula (AA-4), the formula (AA-10), the formula (AA-13), the formula (AA-15), the formula (AA-18) or the formula (AA-20), further preferably a group represented by the formula (AA-4), the formula (AA-10), the formula (AA-18) or the formula (AA-20), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The more preferable range and the further preferable range of the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group in the divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by ArY1 are the same as the more preferable range and the further preferable range of the arylene group and the divalent heterocyclic group represented by ArY1, respectively.
The divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by ArY1 includes the same groups as the divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other represented by ArX2 and ArX4 in the formula (X).
The substituent which the group represented by ArY1 optionally has is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally further having a substituent.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formulae (Y-1) to (Y-7), and from the standpoint of the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention preferable is a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-1) or (Y-2), from the standpoint of electron transportability preferable is a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-3) or (Y-4), and from the standpoint of hole transportability preferable are constitutional units represented by the formulae (Y-5) to (Y-7).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00108

[wherein, RY1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RY1 may be the same or different, and adjacent groups RY1 may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.]
RY1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-1) is preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-1′).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00109

[wherein, RY11 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RY1 may be the same or different.]
RY11 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00110

[wherein, RY1 represents the same meaning as described above. XY1 represents a group represented by —C(RY2)2—, —C(RY2)═C(RY2)— or —C(RY2)2—C(RY2)2—. RY2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RY2 may be the same or different, and RY2s may be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.]
RY2 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Regarding the combination of two RY2s in the group represented by —C(RY2)2— in XY1—, it is preferable that the both are an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, the both are an aryl group, the both are a monovalent heterocyclic group, or one is an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group and the other is an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, it is more preferable that one is an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group and the other is an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The two groups may be combined together to form a ring together with the atoms to which they are attached, and when the groups RY2 form a ring, the group represented by —C(RY2)2— is preferably a group represented by the formula (Y-A1) to (Y-A5), more preferably a group represented by the formula (Y-A4), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00111
Regarding the combination of two RY2s in the group represented by —C(RY2)═C(RY2)— in XY1, it is preferable that the both are an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group, or one is an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group and the other is an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Four RY2s in the group represented by —C(RY2)2—C(RY2)2— in XY1 are preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RY2 may be combined together to form a ring together with the atoms to which they are attached, and when the groups RY2 form a ring, the group represented by —C(RY2)2—C(RY2)2— is preferably a group represented by the formula (Y-B1) to (Y-B5), more preferably a group represented by the formula (Y-B3), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00112

[wherein, RY2 are as defined above.]
It is preferable that the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-2) a constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y-2′).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00113

[wherein, RY1 and XY1 are as defined above.]
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00114

[wherein, RY1 represents the same meaning as described above. RY3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.]
RY3 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00115

[wherein, RY1 represents the same meaning as described above. RY4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.]
RY4 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, more preferably an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) includes, for example, constitutional units represented by the formulae (Y-11) to (Y-55).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00116
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00117
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00118
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00119
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00120
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00121
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00122
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00123
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00124
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00125
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) in which ArY1 is an arylene group is preferably 0.5 to 80 mol %, more preferably 30 to 60 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because the luminance life of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) in which ArY1 is a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other is preferably 0.5 to 30 mol %, more preferably 3 to 40 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound, because the charge transportability of a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is excellent.
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) may be contained only singly or two or more units thereof may be contained in the polymer compound.
The polymer compound of the present invention includes, for example, polymer compounds P-1 to P-9 shown in Table 5. “other constitutional unit” denotes a constitutional unit other than constitutional units represented by the formula (2), the formula (2′), the formula (X) and the formula (Y). The polymer compound P-1 to P-9 comprises at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1).
TABLE 5
Molar ration of constitutional unit
other than terminal constitutional unit
formula formula formula formula
Polymer (2) (2′) (X) (Y) others
compound q r s t u
P-1 0.1 to 0 0.1 to 0 0 to
99.9 99.9 30
P-2 0 0.1 to 0.1 to 0 0 to
99.9 99.9 30
P-3 0.1 to 0.1 to 0.1 to 0 0 to
99.8 99.8 99.8 30
P-4 0.1 to 0 0 0.1 to 0 to
99.9 99.9 30
P-5 0 0.1 to 0 0.1 to 0 to
99.9 99.9 30
P-6 0.1 to 0.1 to 0 0.1 to 0 to
99.8 99.8 99.8 30
P-7 0.1 to 0 0.1 to 0.1 to 0 to
99.8 99.8 99.8 30
P-8 0 0.1 to 0.1 to 0.1 to 0 to
99.8 99.8 99.8 30
P-9 0.1 to 0.1 to 0.1 to 0.1 to 0 to
99.7 99.7 99.7 99.7 30

[in the table, q, r, s, t, and u represent the mole fraction of each constitutional unit. q+r+s+t+u=100 and, 70≤q+r+s+t≤100.]
The examples and preferable ranges of constitutional units represented by the formula (2), formula (2′), the formula (X) and the formula (Y) in polymer compounds P-1 to P-9 are as described above.
The polymer compound of the present invention may be any of a block copolymer, a random copolymer, an alternative copolymer and a graft copolymer, and may also be other embodiment, and a copolymer produced by copolymerizing a several raw material monomers preferable.
<Production Method of Polymer Compound>
Next, the production method of the polymer compound of the present invention will be illustrated.
The polymer compound of the present invention can be produced by a method comprising
a step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M), and
a step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M).
In the step of condensation-polymerizing, at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M), and the other compound (for example, a compound represented by the formula (M-1) and/or a compound represented by the formula (M-2)) may be condensation-polymerized. In the present specification, compounds used for production of the polymer compound of the present invention are collectively called “raw material monomer” in some cases.
In the production method of the polymer compound of the present invention,
the step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M) may be conducted before carrying out the step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M), or
the step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M) and the step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M) may be conducted simultaneously,
and it is preferable that the step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (2M) and a compound represented by the formula (2′M) is conducted, then, the step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M) is conducted.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00126

[Chemical Formula 73]
Z8—ArY1—Z7  (M-2)
[wherein,
aX1, aX2, ArX1 to ArX4, RX1 to RX3 and ArY1 are as defined above.
Z5 to Z8 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents.]
When, for example, Z7 and Z8 represent a group selected from Group A of substituents, a group selected from Group B of substituents is selected for Z1, Z2, Z4, Z5 and Z6.
When, for example, Z5 and Z6 represent a group selected from Group A of substituents, a group selected from Group B of substituents is selected for Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z7 and Z8.
When, for example, Z7 and Z8 represent a group selected from Group B of substituents, a group selected from Group A of substituents is selected for Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z5 and Z6.
When, for example, Z5 and Z6 represent a group selected from Group B of substituents, a group selected from Group A of substituents is selected for Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z7 and Z8.
When the content of a group selected from Group A of substituents contained in the polymer compound obtained until before the step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M) is larger than the content of a group selected from Group B of substituents, it is preferable that ZT is a group selected from Group B of substituents.
When the content of a group selected from Group B of substituents contained in the polymer compound obtained until before the step of end capping with a compound represented by the formula (1M) is larger than the content of a group selected from Group A of substituents, it is preferable that ZT is a group selected from Group A of substituents.
As the group represented by -B(ORC2)2 in <Group B of substituents>, groups represented by the following formulae are exemplified.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00127
A compound having a group selected from Group A of substituents and a compound having a group selected from Group B of substituents are condensed by a known coupling reaction, to mutually connect carbon atoms linking to a group selected from Group A of substituents and a group selected from Group B of substituents.
Therefore, if a compound having two groups selected from Group A of substituents and a compound having two groups selected from Group B of substituents are subjected to a known coupling reaction, a condensed polymer of these compounds can be obtained by condensation polymerization.
Further, if a compound having two groups selected from Group A of substituent (the polymer compound obtained until before the step of end capping) and a compound having one group selected from Group B of substituent (the compound represented by the formula (1M)) are subjected to a known coupling reaction, a condensed polymer of these compounds can be obtained by condensation (end capping). Still further, if a compound having one group selected from Group A of substituent (the compound represented by the formula (1M)) and a compound having two groups selected from Group B of substituent (the polymer compound obtained until before the step of end capping) are subjected to a known coupling reaction, a condensed polymer of these compounds can be obtained by condensation (end capping).
Condensation polymerization and end capping are usually conducted in the presence of a catalyst, a base and a solvent, and if necessary, may be conducted in the coexistence of a phase transfer catalyst.
The catalyst includes, for example, transition metal complexes such as palladium complexes such as dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium, palladium[tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)], [tris(dibenzylideneacetone)]dipalladium and palladium acetate, nickel complexes such as nickel[tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)], [1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane]dichloronickel and [bis(1,4-cyclooctadiene)]nickel; these transition metal complexes further having a ligand such as triphenylphosphine, tri-o-tolylphosphine, tri-tert-butylphosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, diphenylphosphinopropane, bipyridyl and the like. The catalysts may be used singly or in combination.
The use amount of the catalyst is usually 0.00001 to 3 molar equivalents in terms of the amount of a transition metal with respect to the total number of moles of raw material monomers (the total number of moles of raw material monomers used in condensation polymerization and raw material monomers used in end capping). In the step of end capping, the catalyst may be additionally used.
The base and the phase transfer catalyst include, for example, inorganic bases such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium fluoride, cesium fluoride and tripotassium phosphate; organic bases such as tetrabutylammonium fluoride and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide; and phase transfer catalysts such as tetrabutylammonium chloride and tetrabutylammonium bromide. The bases and the phase transfer catalysts each may be used singly or in combination.
The use amounts of the base and the phase transfer catalyst are each usually 0.001 to 100 molar equivalents with respect to the total number of moles of raw material monomers (the total number of moles of raw material monomers used in condensation polymerization and raw material monomers used in end capping). In the step of end capping, the base may be additionally used, and the phase transfer catalyst may be additionally used.
The solvent includes, for example, organic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, dimethoxyethane, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N,N-dimethylformamide, and water. The solvent may be used singly or two or moresolvents may be used in combination.
The use amount of the solvent is usually 10 to 100000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weigh of the sum of raw material monomers (100 parts by weight of the sum of raw material monomers used in condensation polymerization and raw material monomers used in end capping). In the step of end capping, the solvent may be additionally used.
The reaction temperature of condensation polymerization and end capping is usually −100 to 200° C. The reaction time of condensation polymerization and end capping is usually 1 hour or more.
Post-treatment of the polymerization reaction (treatment after condensation polymerization and end capping) is carried out by known methods, for example, a method of removing water-soluble impurities by liquid separation, a method in which the reaction liquid after the polymerization reaction is added to a lower alcohol such as methanol and the like to cause deposition of a precipitate which is then filtrated before drying, and the like, singly or in combination. When the purity of the polymer compound is low, the polymer compound can be purified by a usual method such as, for example, recrystallization, reprecipitation, continuous extraction with a Soxhlet extractor, column chromatography and the like.
The compound represented by the formula (1M) can be synthesized according to a method described, for example, in “Macromolecular Chemistry and Physics (1999), 200(4), 683-692”, “Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis (2014), 356, (4), 765-769”, “Journal of the American Chemical Society (2014), 136, (6), 2546-2554”, “Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry (2014), 12, (7), 1124-1134.” and “Tetrahedron (1965), 21, (2), 245-254”.
<Composition>
The composition of the present invention comprises at least one type of material selected from the group consisting of a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material, an electron injection material, a light emitting material, an antioxidant and a solvent and the polymer compound of the present invention.
The composition comprising the polymer compound of the present invention and a solvent (hereinafter, referred to as “ink” in some cases) is suitable for fabrication of a light emitting device using a printing method such as an inkjet printing method and a nozzle printing method.
The viscosity of the ink may be adjusted depending on the kind of the printing method, and when a solution goes through a discharge apparatus such as in an inkjet printing method, the viscosity is preferably in the range of 1 to 20 mPa·s at 25° C. for preventing curved aviation and clogging in discharging.
As the solvent contained in the ink, those capable of dissolving or uniformly dispersing solid components in the ink are preferable. The solvent includes, for example, chlorine-based solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,2-trichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, anisole and 4-methylanisole; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, ethylbenzene, n-hexylbenzene and cyclohexylbenzene; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, n-octane, n-nonane, n-decane, n-dodecane and bicyclohexyl; ketone solvents such as acetone, methylethylketone, cyclohexanone and acetophenone; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylcellosolve acetate, methyl benzoate and phenyl acetate; poly-hydric alcohols such as ethylene glycol, glycerin and 1,2-hexanediol and derivatives thereof; alcohol solvents such as isopropanol and cyclohexanol; sulfoxide solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide; and amide solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N,N-dimethylformamide. These solvents may be used singly or two or more of them may be used in combination.
In the ink, the compounding amount of the solvent is usually 1000 to 100000 parts by weight, preferably 2000 to 20000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
[Hole Transporting Material]
The hole transporting material is classified into low molecular weight compounds and polymer compounds, and polymer compounds are preferable, polymer compounds having a crosslinkable group are more preferable.
The polymer compound includes, for example, polyvinylcarbazole and derivatives thereof; polyarylene having an aromatic amine structure in the side chain or main chain and derivatives thereof. The polymer compound may also be a compound in which an electron accepting portion is linked. The electron accepting portion includes, for example, fullerene, tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane, tetracyanoethylene and trinitrofluorenone, preferably fullerene.
In the composition of the present invention, the compounding amount of the hole transporting material is usually 1 to 400 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 150 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
The hole transporting material may be used singly or two or more hole transporting materials may be used in combination.
[Electron Transporting Material]
The electron transporting material is classified into low molecular weight compounds and polymer compounds. The electron transporting material optionally has a crosslinkable group.
The low molecular weight compound includes, for example, a metal complexes having 8-hydroxyquinoline as a ligand, oxadiazole, anthraquinodimethane, benzoquinone, naphthoquinone, anthraquinone, tetracyanoanthraquinodimethane, fluorenone, diphenyldicyanoethylene, diphenoquinone and derivatives thereof.
The polymer compound includes, for example, polyphenylene, polyfluorene and derivatives thereof. These polymer compounds may be doped with a metal.
In the composition of the present invention, the compounding amount of the electron transporting material is usually 1 to 400 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 150 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
The electron transporting material may be used singly or two or more electron transporting materials may be used in combination.
[Hole Injection Material and Electron Injection Material]
The hole injection material and the electron injection material are each classified into low molecular weight compounds and polymer compounds. The hole injection material and the electron injection material each optionally has a crosslinkable group.
The low molecular weight compound includes, for example, metal phthalocyanines such as copper phthalocyanine; carbon; oxides of metals such as molybdenum and tungsten; metal fluorides such as lithium fluoride, sodium fluoride, cesium fluoride and potassium fluoride.
The polymer compound includes, for example, polyaniline, polythiophene, polypyrrole, polyphenylenevinylene, polythienylenevinylene, polyquinoline and polyquinoxaline, and derivatives thereof; electrically conductive polymers such as a polymer comprising an aromatic amine structure in the main chain or side chain.
In the composition of the present invention, the compounding amounts of the hole injection material and the electron injection material are each usually 1 to 400 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 150 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
The hole injection material and the electron injection material may each be used singly or two or more of them may be used in combination.
[Ion Dope]
When the hole injection material or the electron injection material comprises an electrically conductive polymer, the electric conductivity of the electrically conductive polymer is preferably 1×10−5 S/cm to 1×103 S/cm. For adjusting the electric conductivity of the electrically conductive polymer within such a range, the electrically conductive polymer can be doped with a suitable amount of ions.
The kind of the ion to be doped is an anion for a hole injection material and a cation for an electron injection material. The anion includes, for example, a polystyrenesulfonate ion, an alkylbenzenesulfonate ion and a camphorsulfonate ion. The cation includes, for example, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion and a tetrabutylammonium ion.
The ion to be doped may be used singly or two or more ions to be doped may be used.
[Light Emitting Material]
The light emitting material is classified into low molecular weight compounds and polymer compounds. The light emitting material optionally has a crosslinkable group.
The low molecular weight compound includes, for example, naphthalene and derivatives thereof, anthracene and derivatives thereof, perylene and derivatives thereof, and, triplet light emitting complexes having iridium, platinum or europium as the central metal.
The polymer compound includes, for example, polymer compounds comprising a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, a fluorenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, dihydrophenanthrenediyl group, a group represented by the formula (X), a carbazolediyl group, a phenoxazinediyl group, a phenothiazinediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, a pyrenediyl group and the like.
The light emitting material may comprise a low molecular weight compound and a polymer compound, and preferably, comprises a triplet light emitting complex and a polymer compound.
As the triplet light emitting complex, iridium complexes represented by the formulae Ir-1 to Ir-5 are preferable.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00128
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00129

[Wherein,
RD1 to RD8, RD11 to RD20, RD21 to RD26 and RD31 to RD37 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a monovalent heterocyclic group or a halogen atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of RD1 to RD8, RD11 to RD20, RD21 to RD26 and RD31 to RD37, they may be the same or different at each occurrence.
-AD1
Figure US10336860-20190702-P00001
AD2- represents an anionic bidentate ligand, and AD1 and AD2 each independently represent a carbon atom, an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom linking to an iridium atom, and these atoms each may be an atom consisting a ring. When there are a plurality of -AD1
Figure US10336860-20190702-P00001
AD2-, they may be the same or different.
nD1 represents 1, 2 or 3, and nD2 represents 1 or 2.]
In the metal complex represented by the Ir-1, at least one of RD1 to RD8 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
In the metal complex represented by the Ir-2, at least one of RD11 to RD20 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
In the metal complex represented by the Ir-3, at least one of RD1 to RD8 and RD11 to RD20 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
In the metal complex represented by the Ir-4, at least one of RD21 to RD26 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
In the metal complex represented by the Ir-5, at least one of RD31 to RD37 is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00130

[wherein,
mDA1, mDA2 and mDA3 each independently represent an integer of 0 or more.
GDA represents a nitrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
ArDA1, ArDA2 and ArDA3 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of ArDA1, ArDA2 or ArDA3, they may be the same or different at each occurrence.
TDA represents an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of TDA may be the same or different.]
mDA1, mDA2 and mDA3 are usually an integer of 10 or m less, preferably an integer of 5 or less, more preferably 0 or 1. It is preferable that mDA1, mDA2 and mDA3 are the same integer.
GDA1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (GDA-11) to (GDA-15), the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00131

[wherein,
*, ** and *** each represent a linkage to ArDA1, ARDA2 and ArDA3.
RDA represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally further having a substituent. When there are a plurality of RDA, they may be the same or different.]
RDA is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cycloalkoxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
ArDA1, ArDA2 and ArDA3 are preferably groups represented by the formulae (ArDA-1) to (ArDA-3).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00132

[wherein,
RDA represents as defined above.
RDB represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. When there are a plurality of RDB, they may be the same or different.]
TDA is preferably groups represented by the formulae (TDA-1) to (TDA-3).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00133

[wherein, RDA and RDB are as defined above.]
The group represented by the formula (D-A) is preferably a group represented by the formula (D-A1) to (D-A3).
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00134

[wherein,
Rp1, Rp2 and Rp3 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group or a halogen atom. When there are a plurality of Rp1 or Rp2, they may be the same or different at each occurrence.
np1 represents an integer of 0 to 5, np2 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and np3 represents 0 or 1. The plurality of np1 may be the same or different.]
np1 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1. np2 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. np3 is preferably 0.
Rp1, Rp2 and Rp3 are preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The anionic bidentate ligand represented by -AD1-AD2- includes, for example, ligands represented by the following formulae.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00135

[wherein, * represents a position linking to Ir.]
The metal complex represented by the formula Ir-1 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-11 to Ir-13. The metal complex represented by the formula Ir-2 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-21. The metal complex represented by the formula Ir-3 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-31 to Ir-33. The metal complex represented by the formula Ir-4 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-41 to Ir-43. The metal complex represented by the formula Ir-5 is preferably a metal complex represented by the formula Ir-51 to Ir-53.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00136
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00137
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00138

[wherein, D represents a group represented by the formula (D-A). The plurality of D are the same or different. nD2 represents 1 or 2. RDC represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RDC are the same or different. RDD represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent. The plurality of RDD are the same or different.]
The triplet light emitting complex includes, for example, metal complexes listed below.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00139
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00140
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00141
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00142
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00143
In the composition of the present invention, the compounding amount of the light emitting material is usually 0.1 to 400 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
[Antioxidant]
The antioxidant may advantageously be one which is soluble in the same solvent as for the polymer compound of the present invention and does not disturb light emission and charge transportation, and the examples thereof include phenol antioxidants and phosphorus-based antioxidants.
In the composition of the present invention, the compounding amount of the antioxidant is usually 0.001 to 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer compound of the present invention.
The antioxidant may be used singly or two or more antioxidants may be used in combination.
<Film>
The film may contain the polymer compound of the present invention as it is, alternatively, may contain the polymer compound of the present invention in the form of an intramolecularly-crosslinked or intermolecularly-crosslinked or intramolecularly and intermolecularly-crosslinked body. The crosslinked body of the polymer compound of the present invention may also be a crosslinked body in which the polymer compound of the present invention and the other compound are crosslinked intermolecularly. The film containing the crosslinked body of the polymer compound of the present invention is a film obtained by crosslinking a film containing the polymer compound of the present invention by an external stimulus such as heating, light irradiation and the like. The film containing the crosslinked body of the polymer compound of the present invention can be suitably used for lamination of the following light emitting device, because the film is substantially insolubilized in a solvent.
The heating temperature for crosslinking the film is usually 25 to 300° C., and because the light emission efficiency is improved, preferably 50 to 250° C., more preferably 150 to 200° C.
The kind of light used in light irradiation for crosslinking the film includes, for example, ultraviolet light, near-ultraviolet light and visible light.
The film is suitable as a hole transporting layer or a hole injection layer in a light emitting device.
The film can be fabricated, for example, by a spin coating method, a casting method, a micro gravure coating method, a gravure coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a wire bar coating method, a dip coating method, a spray coating method, a screen printing method, a flexo printing method, an offset printing method, an inkjet printing method, a capillary coating method or a nozzle coating method, using the ink.
The thickness of the film is usually 1 nm to 10 μm.
<Light Emitting Device>
The light emitting device of the present invention is a light emitting device such as an organic electroluminescent device produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention, and the light emitting device includes, for example, a light emitting device containing the polymer compound of the present invention and a light emitting device containing the polymer compound of the present invention in the form of an intramolecularly-crosslinked or intermolecularly-crosslinked body or in the form of a body crosslinked in both modes.
The constitution of the light emitting device of the present invention comprises, for example, electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode and a layer produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention disposed between the electrodes.
[Layer Constitution]
The layer produced by using the polymer compound of the present invention is usually at least one selected from a light emitting layer, a hole transporting layer, a hole injection layer, an electron transporting layer and an electron injection layer, preferably a hole transporting layer. These layers comprise a light emitting material, a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material and an electron injection material, respectively. These layers can be formed by the same method as the above-described film fabrication using inks prepared by dissolving a light emitting material, a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material and an electron injection material, respectively, in the solvent described above.
The light emitting device comprises a light emitting layer between an anode and a cathode. The light emitting device of the present invention preferably comprises at least one of a hole injection layer and a hole transporting layer between an anode and a light emitting layer from the standpoint of hole injectability and hole transportability, and preferably comprises at least one of an electron injection layer and an electron transporting layer between a cathode and a light emitting layer from the standpoint of electron injectability and electron transportability.
The material of a hole transporting layer, an electron transporting layer, a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer and an electron injection layer includes the above-described hole transporting materials, electron transporting materials, light emitting materials, hole injection materials and electron injection materials, respectively, in addition to the polymer compound of the present invention.
When the material of a hole transporting layer, the material of an electron transporting layer and the material of a light emitting layer are soluble in a solvent which is used in forming a layer adjacent to the hole transporting layer, the electron transporting layer and the light emitting layer, respectively, in fabrication of a light emitting device, it is preferable that the materials have a crosslinkable group to avoid dissolution of the materials in the solvent. After forming the layers using the materials having a crosslinkable group, the layers can be insolubilized by crosslinking the crosslinkable groups.
Methods of forming respective layers such as a light emitting layer, a hole transporting layer, an electron transporting layer, a hole injection layer and an electron injection layer in the light emitting device of the present invention include, for example, a method of vacuum vapor deposition from a powder and a method of film formation from solution or melted state when a low molecular weight compound is used, and, for example, a method of film formation from solution or melted state when a polymer compound is used.
The order and the number of layers to be laminated and the thickness of each layer may be controlled in view of light emission efficiency and device life.
[Substrate/Electrode]
The substrate in the light emitting device may advantageously be a substrate on which an electrode can be formed and which does not chemically change in forming an organic layer, and is a substrate made of a material such as, for example, glass, plastic and silicon. In the case of an opaque substrate, it is preferable that an electrode most remote from the substrate is transparent or semi-transparent.
The material of the anode includes, for example, electrically conductive metal oxides and semi-transparent metals, preferably, indium oxide, zinc oxide and tin oxide; electrically conductive compounds such as indium.tin.oxide (ITO) and indium.zinc.oxide; a composite of silver, palladium and copper (APC); NESA, gold, platinum, silver and copper.
The material of the cathode includes, for example, metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, cesium, beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, aluminum, zinc and indium; alloys composed of two or more of them; alloys composed of one or more of them and at least one of silver, copper, manganese, titanium, cobalt, nickel, tungsten and tin; and graphite and graphite intercalation compounds. The alloy includes, for example, a magnesium-silver alloy, a magnesium-indium alloy, a magnesium-aluminum alloy, an indium-silver alloy, a lithium-aluminum alloy, a lithium-magnesium alloy, a lithium-indium alloy and a calcium-aluminum alloy.
The anode and the cathode may each take a lamination structure composed of two or more layers.
[Use]
For producing planar light emission by using a light emitting device, a planar anode and a planar cathode are disposed so as to overlap with each other. Patterned light emission can be produced by a method of placing a mask with a patterned window on the surface of a planer Light emitting device, a method of forming extremely thick a layer intended to be a non-light emitting, thereby having the layer essentially no-light emitting or a method of forming an anode, a cathode or both electrodes in a patterned shape. By forming a pattern with any of these methods and disposing certain electrodes so as to switch ON/OFF independently, a segment type display capable of displaying numbers and letters and the like is provided. For producing a dot matrix display, both an anode and a cathode are formed in a stripe shape and disposed so as to cross with each other. Partial color display and multi-color display are made possible by a method of printing separately certain polymer compounds showing different emission or a method of using a color filter or a fluorescence conversion filter. The dot matrix display can be passively driven, or actively driven combined with TFT and the like. These displays can be used in computers, television sets, portable terminals and the like. The planar light emitting device can be suitably used as a planer light source for backlight of a liquid crystal display or as a planar light source for illumination. If a flexible substrate is used, it can be used also as a curved light source and a curved display.
EXAMPLES
The present invention will be illustrated further in detail by examples below, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
In the present examples, the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) and the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of a polymer compound were measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC) (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., trade name: LC-10Avp). SEC measurement conditions are as described below.
[Measurement Condition]
The polymer compound to be measured was dissolved in tetrahydrofuranat a concentration of about 0.05 wt %, and 10 μL of the solution was injected into SEC. As the mobile phase of SEC, tetrahydrofuran was used and allowed to flow at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. As the column, PLgel MIXED-B (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) was used. As the detector, UV-VIS detector (manufactured by Tosoh., trade name: UV-8320GPC) was used.
LC-MS was measured by the following method.
A measurement sample was dissolved in chloroform or tetrahydrofuran so as to give a concentration of about 2 mg/mL, and about 1 μL of the solution was injected into LC-MS (manufactured by Agilent Technologies, trade name: 1100LCMSD). As the mobile phase of LC-MS, acetonitrile and tetrahydrofuran were used while changing the ratio thereof and allowed to flow at a flow rate of 0.2 mL/min. As the column, L-column 2 ODS (3 μm) (manufactured by Chemicals Evaluation and Research Institute, internal diameter: 2.1 mm, length: 100 mm, particle size: 3 μm) was used.
TLC-MS was measured by the following method.
A measurement sample was dissolved at an arbitrary concentration in any solvent of toluene, tetrahydrofuran or chloroform, the solution was applied on a TLC plate for DART (manufactured by Techno Applications Inc., trade name: YSK5-100), and TLC-IS was measured using The AccuTOF TLC (trade name: JMS-T100TD, manufactured by JEOL Lt.). The temperature of a helium gas in measurement was controlled in the range of 200 to 400° C.
NMR was measured by the following method.
Five to ten milligrams (5 to 10 mg) of a measurement sample was dissolved in about 0.5 mL of deuterated chloroform (CDCl3), deuterated tetrahydrofuran, deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide, deuterated acetone, deuterated N,N-dimethylformamide, deuterated toluene, deuterated methanol, deuterated ethanol, deuterated 2-propanol or deuterated methylene chloride, and NMR was measured using an NMR apparatus (manufactured by Agilent Technologies, Inc., trade name: INOVA300 or MERCURY 400VX).
As the index of the purity of a compound, a value of the high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) area percentage was used. This value is a value in high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC, manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., trade name: LC-20A) at 254 nm, unless otherwise state. In this operation, the compound to be measured was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran or chloroform so as to give a concentration of 0.01 to 0.2% by weight, and depending on the concentration, 1 to 10 μL of the solution was injected into HPLC. As the mobile phase of HPLC, acetonitrile and tetrahydrofuran were used while varying the ratio of acetonitrile/tetrahydrofuran from 100/0 to 0/100 (voluminal ratio) and allowed to flow at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. As the column, Kaseisorb LC ODS 2000 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical industry Co., Ltd.) or an CDS column having an equivalent performance was used. As the detector, a photo diode array detector (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., trade name: SPD-M20A) was used.
<Synthesis Example 1> Synthesis of Compound MM1
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00144
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, 4-bromobenzocyclobutene (1000 g), bis(pinacolato)diboron (1404 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium complex (40 g), potassium acetate (1628 g), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (26.6 g) and 1,4-dioxane (10.9 L) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours while heating under reflux. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled down to room temperature, filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was dissolved in hexane (5 L), activated carbon (1000 g) was added, then, the mixture was stirred. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product. An operation of recrystallizing the resultant crude product using pentane was conducted repeatedly, to obtain a compound MM1 (754 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.33 (12H, s), 3.18 (4H, s), 7.06 (1H, d), 7.49 (1H, s), 7.68 (1H, d).
<Synthesis Example 2> Synthesis of Compound MM2-St1
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00145
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, 4-bromoanisole (200 g) and tetrahydrofuran (3.5 L) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to −78° C. Thereafter, to this was added a sec-butyllithium cyclohexane solution (1.4 mol/L, 1.67 L), and the mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 4 hours. Thereafter, to this was added a tetrahydrofuran solution prepared by dissolving 4-bromo-1-chlorobutane (208 g) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 L), and the mixture was heated up to room temperature, then, stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Thereafter, to this were added ammonium chloride water and ethyl acetate, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column using a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and hexane as a developing solvent, to obtain 166 g of a compound MM2-st1 as yellow oil.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.69-1.86 (m, 4H), 2.59 (t, 2H), 3.55 (t, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 7.11 (d, 2H).
<Synthesis Example 3> Synthesis of Compound MM2-St2
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00146
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, 1,2-dibromoethane (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1.5 L) were added, the, magnesium (40.6 g) was added, and the mixture was heated up to 75° C. Thereafter, to this was added the compound MM2-st1 (166 g), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was added to a tetrahydrofuran solution prepared by dissolving 4-bromobenzocyclobutane (102 g) and [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium complex (22.7 g) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 L), and the mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 16 hours. Thereafter, to this were added dilute hydrochloric acid water and ethyl acetate, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column using a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and hexane as a developing solvent, to obtain 85 g of a compound MM2-st2 as yellow oil. This operation was repeated, to obtain a necessary amount of the compound MM2-st2.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.62-1.66 (m, 4H), 2.57-2.62 (m, 4H), 3.15 (s, 4H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 2H).
<Synthesis Example 4> Synthesis of Compound MM2-St3
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00147
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM2-st2 (90 g) and dichloromethane (1.0 L) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to −78° C. Thereafter, to this was added a tribromoborane dichloromethane solution (1 mol/L, 304 mL), and the mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was heated up to room temperature, then, stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was washed with water, then, dichloromethane was added, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column using a mixed solvent of tert-butyl methyl ether and hexane as a developing solvent, to obtain 45 g of a compound MM2-st3 as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.60-1.65 (m, 4H), 2.55-2.62 (m, 4H), 3.15 (s, 4H), 4.68 (brs, 1H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H).
<Synthesis Example 5> Synthesis of Compound MM2-st4
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00148
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM2-st3 (45 g), pyridine (31.7 mL) and dichloromethane (450 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to 0° C. Thereafter, to this was added trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (43.8 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour. The resultant reaction mixture was heated up to room temperature, then, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Thereafter, to this were added water and dichloromethane, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column using hexane as a developing solvent, to obtain 50 g of a compound MM2-st4 as pale yellow oil.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.64-1.67 (m, 4H), 2.59-2.68 (m, 4H), 3.15 (s, 4H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 2H).
<Synthesis Example 6> Synthesis of Compound MM2
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00149
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM2-st4 (50 g), bis(pinacolato)diboron (99.0 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium complex (2.65 g), potassium acetate (38.3 g) and 1,4-dioxane (600 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 110° C., and stirred at 110° C. for 16 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, then, filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the resultant residue were added ethyl acetate and water, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column repeatedly, to obtain 33 g of a compound MM2 as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.36 (s, 12H), 1.63-1.67 (m, 4H), 2.59-2.68 (m, 4H), 3.15 (s, 4H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 2H).
<Synthesis Example 7> Synthesis of Compound MM3-st1
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00150
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, 2-bromofluorene (4.92 g), 5-bromo-1-pentene (8.94 g), tetrabutylammonium bromide (324 mg) and a potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (50% by weight, 17 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 80° C., and stirred at 80° C. for 4 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, water and heptane were added to this, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. To the resultant organic layer was added magnesium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then, to the resultant residue were added heptane and activated carbon (2.20 g), and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain 6.78 g of a compound MM3-st1 as pale yellow oil.
LC-MS (APPI, positive): M+ 380
<Synthesis Example 8> Synthesis of Compound MM3
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00151
An argon gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM3-st1 (6.00 g) and tetrahydrofuran (90 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to −78° C. Thereafter, to this was added a solution (1.07 mol/L, 29.4 mL) prepared by dissolving sec-butyllithium in cyclohexane, and the mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 hour. Thereafter, to this was added 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborane (6.59 g), and the mixture was heated up to room temperature, then, water and heptane were added, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with water, then, magnesium sulfate was added, and the mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column using a mixed solvent of hexane and toluene as a developing solvent, then, concentrated under reduced pressure. To the resultant residue were added heptane and activated carbon (1.40 g), and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain 3.36 g of a compound MM3 as colorless oil.
LC-MS (APPI, positive): M+ 428
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 Hz) δ (ppm): 0.68 (s, 4H), 0.97 (s, 12H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 2.00 (m, 4H), 4.75-4.87 (m, 4H), 5.55 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.67-7.76 (m, 3H), 7.80 (dd, 1H).
<Synthesis Example 9> Synthesis of Compound MM4-st1
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00152
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, magnesium (44.1 g), diethyl ether (18 mL) and several fragments of iodine were added, then, a solution prepared by dissolving neopentyl bromide (206 mL) in diethyl ether (518 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred under reflux for 1 hour. The resultant reaction mixture was added to a solution prepared by dissolving a compound MM4-st0 (179 g) synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2014-133740 in diethyl ether (1800 mL), then, the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereafter, to this was added dilute hydrochloric acid water (540 mL), then, the mixture was washed with water. To the resultant organic layer was added magnesium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant solid was dissolved in toluene, then, the solution was filtrated through silica gel, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain 225 g of a crude product. The crude product (250 g) obtained by repeating this operation was recrystallized from hexane, to obtain 151 g of a compound MM4-st1 as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 1.10 (9H, s), 1.81 (1H, d), 1.94 (1H, d), 2.09 (1H, s), 3.16 (1H, d), 3.49 (1H, d), 7.07 (1H, d), 7.30 (1H, s), 7.37 (1H, d).
<Synthesis Example 10> Synthesis of Compound MM4-st2
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00153
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM4-st1 (150 g), hexane (300 mL) and triethylsilane (96.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to 0° C. Thereafter, into this was dropped trifluoroacetic acid (220 mL) over a period of 0.5 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was heated up to 30° C., and stirred at 30° C. for 1 hour, then, stirred overnight at room temperature. To the resultant reaction mixture were added hexane and water, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with 10% by weight sodium acetate water and water. To the resultant organic layer was added magnesium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant yellow oil was dissolved in hexane, then, the solution was filtrated through silica gel, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain 166 g of a crude product of a compound MM4-st2 as colorless oil.
A nitrogen gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the colorless oil (166 g) obtained above and tetrahydrofuran (1500 mL) were added, then, a borane.THF complex (0.28 mol/L tetrahydrofuran solution, 237 mL) was dropped, then, the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 0.5 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, then, hexane and water were added, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with water, then, magnesium sulfate was added, and the mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant crude product was purified by a silica gel column (a developing solvent: hexane), to obtain 136 g of a compound MM4-st2 as colorless oil.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.99 (9H, s), 1.54 (1H, dd), 1.74 (1H, dd), 2.78 (1H, dd), 3.36 (1H, dd), 3.47 (1H, m), 6.92 (1H, d), 7.18 (1H, s), 7.31 (1H, d).
<Synthesis Example 11> Synthesis of Compound MM4
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00154
An argon gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM4-st2 (1.06 g), bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.26 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium complex (158 mg), potassium acetate (2.39 g) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 80° C., and stirred at 80° C. for 5 hours. The resultant reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, then, heptane and water were added, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with water, then, magnesium sulfate was added, and the mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was dissolved in toluene, then, the solution was filtrated through silica gel, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue (1.37 g) obtained by repeating this operation was dissolved in heptane (14 mL), then, activated carbon (359 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was recrystallized from acetonitrile, to obtain a compound MM4 (730 mg) as a white solid.
LC-MS (ESI, positive): [M+K]+ 339
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.99 (9H, s), 1.33 (12H, s), 1.55 (1H, dd), 1.78 (1H, dd), 2.78 (1H, dd), 3.37 (1H, dd), 3.54 (1H, m), 7.07 (1H, d), 7.49 (1H, s), 7.67 (1H, d).
<Synthesis Example 12> Synthesis of Compounds MM10 to MM20
A compound MM10 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in international Publication WO2002/092723.
A compound MM11 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2011-174062.
A compound MM12 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in international Publication WO2005/049546.
A compound MM13 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2010-215886.
A compound MM14 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in international Publication WO2002/045184.
A compound MM15 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2008-106241.
A compound MM16 was synthesized according to the following synthesis method.
A compound MM17 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in international Publication WO2013/146806.
A compound MM18 was synthesized according to the following synthesis method.
A compound MM19 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in International Publication WO2012/086671.
A compound MM20 was synthesized according to a synthesis method described in JP-A No. 2004-143419.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00155
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00156
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00157
<Synthesis Example 13> Synthesis of Compound Ma3
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00158
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, a compound Ma2 (64.6 g) and tetrahydrofuran (615 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to −70° C. Into this, a n-butyllithium hexane solution (1.6 M, 218 mL) was dropped over a period of 1 hour, then, the mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 2 hours. To this, a compound Ma1 (42.1 g) was added in several batches, then, the mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 2 hours. Into this, methanol (40 mL) was dropped over a period of 1 hour, then, the mixture was heated up to room temperature. Thereafter, the solvent was distilled off by concentrating under reduced pressure, and toluene and water were added. Thereafter, an aqueous layer was separated and the resultant organic layer was washed with water. The resultant organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of hexane and ethyl acetate), thereby obtaining 71 g of a compound Ma3 as colorless oil. The compound Ma3 had an HPLC area percentage value (UV: 254 nm) of 97.5%. This operation was repeated, to obtain a necessary amount of the compound Ma3.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 2.43 (1H, s), 3.07-3.13 (4H, m), 6.95 (1H, d), 7.07 (1H. s), 7.18-7.28 (3H, m), 7.28-7.40 (4H, m), 7.66 (2H, s).
<Synthesis Example 14> Synthesis of Compound Ma4
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00159
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, the compound Ma3 (72.3 g), toluene (723 mL) and triethylsilane (118.0 g) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 70° C. Into this, methanesulfonic acid (97.7 g) was dropped over a period of 1.5 hours, then, the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 0.5 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled down to room temperature, and toluene (1 L) and water (1 L) were added, then, an aqueous layer was separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with water, 5% by weight sodium hydrogen carbonate water and water in this order. The resultant organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant crude product was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of toluene and ethanol, thereby obtaining 51.8 g of a compound Ma4 as a white solid. This operation was repeated, thereby obtaining a necessary amount of the compound Ma4.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 3.03-3.14 (4H, m), 4.99 (1H, s), 6.68 (1H, s), 6.92-7.01 (2H, m), 7.20-7.28 (2H, m), 7.29-7.38 (4H, m), 7.78 (2H, d).
<Synthesis Example 15> Synthesis of Compound Mb3
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00160
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, a compound Mb1 (185.0 g), a compound Mb2 (121.1 g), copper(i) iodide (3.2 g), dichloromethane (185 mL) and triethylamine (2.59 L) were added, and the mixture was heated up to the reflux temperature. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at the reflux temperature for 0.5 hours, and cooled down to room temperature. To this was added dichloromethane (1.85 L), then, the mixture was filtrated through a filter paved with celite. To the resultant filtrate was added a 10% by weight sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution, then, an aqueous layer was separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with water twice, washed with saturated NaCl water, then, magnesium sulfate was added. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of chloroform and ethyl acetate), thereby obtaining a crude product. The resultant crude product was dissolved in ethanol (1.4 L), then, activated carbon (5 g) was added, and the mixture was filtrated. The resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was recrystallized from hexane, thereby obtaining 99.0 g of a compound Mb3 as a white solid. This operation was repeated, thereby obtaining a necessary amount of the compound Mb3.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 1.52-1.55 (8H, m), 2.42 (4H, t), 3.38-3.44 (4H, m), 4.39-4.43 (2H, m), 7.31 (4H, s).
<Synthesis Example 16> Synthesis of Compound Mb4
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00161
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, the compound Mb3 (110.0 g), ethanol (1.65 L) and palladium/carbon (Pd weight: 10%) (11.0 g) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 30° C. Thereafter, a gas in the flask was purged with a hydrogen gas. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 3 hours while feeding a hydrogen gas into the flask. Thereafter, a gas in the flask was purged with a nitrogen gas. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of chloroform and ethyl acetate), thereby obtaining a crude product. The resultant crude product was recrystallized from hexane, thereby obtaining 93.4 g of a compound Mb4 as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 1.30-1.40 (8H, m), 1.55-1.65 (8H, m), 2.58 (4H, t), 3.64 (4H, t), 7.09 (4H, s).
13C-NMR (CDCl3, 75 MHz): δ (ppm): 25.53, 28.99, 31.39, 32.62, 35.37, 62.90, 128.18, 139.85.
<Synthesis Example 17> Synthesis of Compound Mb5
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00162
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, the compound Mb4 (61.0 g), pyridine (0.9 g) and toluene (732 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated up to 60° C. Into this, thionyl chloride (91.4 g) was dropped over a period of 1.5 hours, then, the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 5 hours. The resultant mixture was cooled down to room temperature, then, concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of hexane and ethyl acetate), thereby obtaining 64.3 g of a compound Mb5 as colorless oil.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 1.35-1.40 (4H, m), 1.41-1.50 (4H, m), 1.60-1.68 (4H, m), 1.75-1.82 (4H, m), 2.60 (4H, t), 3.55 (4H, t), 7.11 (4H, s).
<Synthesis Example 18> Synthesis of Compound Mb6
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00163
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, the compound Mb5 (42.0 g), an iron powder (1.7 g), iodine (0.3 g) and dichloromethane (800 mL) were added. Thereafter, the whole flask was light-shielded, and cooled at 0 to 5° C. Into this, a mixed liquid of bromine (44.7 g) and dichloromethane (200 mL) was dropped over a period of 1 hour, then, the mixture was stirred at 0 to 5° C. overnight. The resultant mixed liquid was added to water (1.2 L) cooled at 0 to 5° C., then, an organic layer was separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with a 10% by weight sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution, and further, washed with saturated sodium chloride water and water in this order. To the resultant organic layer was added sodium sulfate, then, the mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent; hexane), thereby obtaining a crude product. The resultant crude product was recrystallized from hexane, thereby obtaining 47.0 g of a compound Mb6 as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 1.38-1.45 (4H, m), 1.47-1.55 (4H, m), 1.57-1.67 (4H, m), 1.77-1.84 (4H, m), 2.66 (4H, t), 3.55 (4H, t), 7.36 (2H, s).
<Synthesis Example 19> Synthesis of Compound Mb7
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00164
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, sodium iodide (152.1 g) and acetone (600 mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. To this was added Mb6 (40.0 g), then, the mixture was heated up to the reflux temperature, and stirred at the reflux temperature for 24 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled down to room temperature, and the resultant mixed liquid was added to water (1.2 L). The deposited solid was separated by filtration, then, washed with water, thereby obtaining a crude product. The resultant crude product was recrystallized from a mixed liquid of toluene and methanol, thereby obtaining 46.0 g of a compound Mb7 as a white solid. This operation was repeated, thereby obtaining a necessary amount of the compound Mb7.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 1.35-1.50 (8H, m), 1.57-1.65 (4H, m), 1.80-1.89 (4H, m), 2.65 (4H, t), 3.20 (4H, t), 7.36 (2H, s).
<Synthesis Example 20> Synthesis of Compound Mb8
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00165
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, sodium hydride (60% by weight, dispersed in liquid paraffin) (9.4 g), tetrahydrofuran (110 mL) and the compound Mb7 (63.2 g) were added. To this, a compound Ma4 (55.0 g) was added in several batches, then, the mixture was stirred for 12 hours. To this were added toluene (440 mL) and water (220 mL), then, an aqueous layer was separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with water, then, magnesium sulfate was added. The resultant mixed liquid was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, thereby obtaining a crude product. The resultant crude product was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of hexane and toluene). Thereafter, the product was recrystallized from hexane, thereby obtaining 84.1 g of a compound Mb8 as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 0.70-0.76 (4H, m), 1.10-1.21 (8H, m), 1.32-1.44 (4H, m), 2.39-2.58 (8H, m), 3.00-3.12 (8H, m), 6.82-6.94 (4H, m), 7.00-7.05 (2H, m), 7.17-7.28 (10H, m), 7.30-7.38 (4H, m), 7.71-7.77 (4H, m).
<Synthesis Example 21> Synthesis of Compound MM16
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00166
A gas in a flask equipped with a stirrer was purged with a nitrogen gas, then, the compound Mb8 (84.0 g), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride dichloromethane adduct (PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2, 2.2 g), bispinacolatodiboron (68.3 g), potassium acetate (52.8 g) and cyclopentyl methyl ether (840 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated up to the reflux temperature, then, stirred at the reflux temperature for 5 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled down to room temperature, and toluene (500 mL) and water (300 mL) were added, then, an aqueous layer was separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with water, then, activated carbon (18.5 g) was added. The resultant mixed liquid was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, thereby obtaining a crude product. The resultant crude product was purified by using a silica gel column (developing solvent: a mixed solvent of hexane and toluene). Thereafter, an operation of recrystallizing from a mixed solvent of toluene and acetonitrile was repeated, thereby obtaining 45.8 g of a compound MM1 as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ (ppm): 0.70-0.76 (4H, m), 1.24-1.40 (36H, m), 2.39-2.48 (4H, m), 2.66-2.75 (4H, m), 3.00-3.10 (8H, m), 6.76-6.90 (4H, m), 7.00-7.05 (2H, m), 7.19-7.30 (8H, m), 7.30-7.36 (4H, m), 7.43 (2H, s), 7.72 (4H, d).
<Synthesis Example 22> Synthesis of Compound MM18-st1
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00167
An argon gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM4-st2 (54.0 g) and tetrahydrofuran (470 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to −70° C. Thereafter, into this was dropped a solution (1.02 mol/L, 200 mL) prepared by dissolving sec-butyllithium in hexane over a period of 1 hour. Thereafter, into this was dropped a solution prepared by dissolving the compound MM18-st0 (32.0 g) in tetrahydrofuran (64 mL). Thereafter, into this was dropped methanol (30 mL), then, the mixture was heated up to room temperature. The resultant reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, then, toluene and dilute hydrochloric acid water were added, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was further washed with water. The resultant organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was dissolved in heptane (450 mL), then, activated carbon (22.3 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain a crude product. The resultant crude product was washed in ethanol while grinding, to obtain 37.1 g of a compound MM18-st1 as a white solid. This operation was repeated, to obtain a necessary amount of the compound MM18-st1.
LC-MS (ESI, positive): [M+K]+ 725
<Synthesis Example 23> Synthesis of Compound MM18
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00168
An argon gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM18-st1 (37.0 g) and methylene chloride (185 mL) were added, and the mixture was cooled down to 0° C. Thereafter, into this was dropped a BF3.diethyl ether complex (95 g) over a period of 0.5 hours, then, the mixture was heated up to room temperature. To the resultant reaction mixture was added water, and an aqueous layer and an organic layer were separated. The resultant organic layer was washed with 10% by weight potassium phosphate water, and the resultant organic layer was further washed with water. To the resultant organic layer was added magnesium sulfate, and the mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was dissolved in a mixed solvent of toluene and heptane, then, activated carbon (14.7 g) was added. The resultant mixture was filtrated, and the resultant filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, to obtain 42.3 g of a crude product. The crude product (57.2 g) obtained by repeating this operation was washed in a mixed solvent of ethanol and toluene while grinding, to obtain a white solid. The resultant white solid was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of butyl acetate and methanol, to obtain a white solid. The resultant white solid was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of toluene and methanol, to obtain a white solid. The resultant white solid was washed in acetonitrile while grinding, to obtain 25.5 g of a compound MM18 as a white solid.
LC-MS (ESI, positive): [M+K]+ 707
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ (ppm): 0.97 (s, 18H), 1.56 (dd, 2H), 1.75 (dd, 2H), 2.71 (dd, 2H), 3.28 (dd, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 6.79 (s, 2H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 6.98 (dd, 2H), 7.41-7.52 (m, 4H), 7.55 (d, 2H).
<Example 1> Synthesis of Polymer Compound 1
(Step 1) An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.3 g), the compound MM12 (1.1 g), the compound MM13 (70 mg), the compound MM15 (80 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.3 mg) and toluene (42 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
(Step 2) Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (27 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 8 hours.
(Step 3) After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM1 (138 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.3 mg), and the mixture was refluxed for 14 hours.
(Step 4) The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order. The resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.5 g of a polymer compound 1. The polymer compound 1 had a Mn of 4.7×104 and a Mw of 1.5×105.
The polymer compound 1 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM13 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM1.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00169

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.].
<Example 2> Synthesis of Polymer Compound 2
(Step 1) An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (0.92 g), the compound MM13 (58 mg), the compound MM15 (66 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (35 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
(Step 2) Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (22 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours.
(Step 3) After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM2 (182 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
(Step 4) The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order. The resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.2 g of a polymer compound 2. The polymer compound 2 had a Mn of 4.7×104 and a Mw of 1.5×105.
The polymer compound 2 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM13 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM2.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00170

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.]
<Example 3> Synthesis of Polymer Compound 3
(Step 1) An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (0.92 g), the compound MM15 (133 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (36 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
(Step 2) Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (22 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours.
(Step 3) After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM3 (218 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
(Step 4) The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order. The resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound 3. The polymer compound 3 had a Mn of 5.0×104 and a Mw of 1.5×105.
The polymer compound 3 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:10 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM3.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00171

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit].
<Example 4> Synthesis of Polymer Compound 4
(Step 1) An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (0.92 g), the compound MM15 (133 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (36 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
(Step 2) Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (22 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours.
(Step 3) After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM2 (181 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
(Step 4) The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order. The resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound 4. The polymer compound 4 had a Mn of 5.1×104 and a Mw of 1.6×105.
The polymer compound 4 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:10 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM2.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00172

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.].
<Example 5> Synthesis of Polymer Compound 5
(Step 1) An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (0.88 g), the compound MM16 (129 mg), the compound MM17 (62 mg), the compound MM12 (1.1 g), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (35 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
(Step 2) Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (23 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 7.5 hours.
(Step 3) After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM1 (115 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
(Step 4) The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order. The resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound 5. The polymer compound 5 had a Mn of 3.9×104 and a Mw of 1.5×105.
The polymer compound 5 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM16, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM17 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12 at a molar ratio of 40:5:5:50 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM1.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00173

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.].
<Example 6> Synthesis of Polymer Compound 6
(Step 1) An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (0.92 g), the compound MM13 (58 mg), the compound MM18 (84 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (36 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
(Step 2) Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (23 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 7 hours.
(Step 3) After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM4 (150 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed for 16 hours.
(Step 4) The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order. The resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.2 g of a polymer compound 6. The polymer compound 6 had a Mn of 4.9×104 and a Mw of 1.5×105.
The polymer compound 6 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM13 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM18 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM4.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00174

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.].
<Comparative Example 1> Synthesis of Polymer Compound C1
(Step 1) An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.1 g), the compound MM12 (920 mg), the compound MM13 (58 mg), the compound MM15 (67 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg) and toluene (35 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
(Step 2) Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (22 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours.
(Step 3) After the reaction, to this were added phenylboronic acid (61 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), and the mixture was refluxed for 18 hours.
(Step 4) The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order. The resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound C1. The polymer compound C1 had a Mn of 4×104 and a Mw of 1.4×105.
The polymer compound C1 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM13 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM15 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from phenylboronic acid.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00175

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.].
<Comparative Example 2> Synthesis of Polymer Compound C2
(Step 1) An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM11 (1.3 g), the compound MM12 (1.1 g), the compound MM10 (72 mg), the compound MM14 (85 mg), dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.3 mg) and toluene (42 mL) were added, and the mixture was heated at 105° C.
(Step 2) Into the reaction liquid was dropped a 20% by weight tetraethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (27 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours.
(Step 3) After the reaction, to this were added the compound MM1 (140 mg) and dichlorobis(tris-o-methoxyphenylphosphine)palladium (1.3 mg), and the mixture was refluxed for 17 hours.
(Step 4) The reaction liquid was cooled, then, washed with water once, with 10% by weight dilute hydrochloric acid water twice, with a 3% by weight ammonia aqueous solution twice and with water twice, and the resultant solution was dropped into methanol, to observe precipitation. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene and the solution was purified by passing through an alumina column and a silica gel column in this order. The resultant solution was dropped into methanol, the mixture was stirred, then, the resultant precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried, to obtain 1.3 g of a polymer compound C2. The polymer compound C2 had a Mn of 4.6×104 and a Mw of 1.4×105.
The polymer compound C2 is a copolymer constituted a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM11, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM12, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM10 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM14 at a molar ratio of 50:40:5:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from the compound MM1.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00176

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit].
<Synthesis Example 24> Synthesis of Polymer Compound E1
(Synthesis of Polymer Compound E1)
An inert gas atmosphere was prepared in a reaction vessel, then, the compound MM14 (9.0 g), the compound MM20 (1.3 g), the compound MM19 (13.4 g), tetraethylammonium hydroxide (43.0 g), palladium acetate (8 mg), tri(2-methoxyphenyl)phosphine (0.05 g) and toluene (200 mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours with heating at 90° C. Thereafter, to this was added phenylboronic acid (0.22 g), and the mixture was stirred for 14 hours with heating at 90° C. The resultant mixture was cooled, then, an aqueous layer was removed. To the resultant organic layer was added a sodium diethyldithiocarbamate aqueous solution, and the mixture was stirred, then, an aqueous layer was removed. The resultant organic layer was washed with water and 3% by weight acetic acid water. The resultant organic layer was poured into methanol to cause precipitation of a solid, then, the solid was isolated by filtration and again dissolved in toluene, and the solution was allowed to pass through a silica gel column and an alumina column. The eluted toluene solution containing the solid was collected, and the collected toluene solution was poured into methanol to cause precipitation of a solid. The solid isolated by filtration was dried in vacuum at 50° C., to obtain 12.5 g of a polymer compound E1. The polymer compound E1 had a Mw of 3.1×105.
The polymer compound E1 is a copolymer constituted of a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM19, a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM14 and a constitutional unit derived from the compound MM20 at a molar ratio of 50:45:5 according to the theoretical values calculated from the amounts of the charged raw materials, the copolymer containing at the terminal a constitutional unit represented by the following formula derived from phenylboronic acid.
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00177

[wherein, * represents a position binding to an adjacent constitutional unit.].
Evaluation Example 1 of Film Residual Ratio
The polymer compound 1 was dissolved in xylene, to prepare a 0.7% by weight xylene solution. On a glass substrate, this xylene solution was spin-coated to form a film with a thickness of 20 nm, then, the film was heated on a hot plate at 180° C. for 60 minutes in a nitrogen gas atmosphere. Thereafter, it was cooled down to room temperature, to fabricate a measurement sample 1-1.
Next, the light transmission of the measurement sample 1-1 was measured, and the minimum transmission (T1) of the measurement sample 1-1 was determined. T1 of the measurement sample 1-1 was 0.701. For the measurement, a light transmission measurement apparatus (manufactured by Varian, Inc., trade name: Cary 5E ultraviolet.visible spectral photometer) was used and the wavelength sweeping in measuring light transmission was from 300 to 600 nm.
Next, the measurement sample 1-1 was immersed in xylene, the mixture was stirred for 60 minutes, then, the product was taken out from xylene. Thereafter, the product was placed on a spin coater and dried by rotating at 1000 rpm for 10 seconds, to fabricate a measurement sample 1-2.
Next, the light transmission of the measurement sample 1-2 was measured and the minimum transmission (T2) of the measurement sample 1-2 was calculated in the same manner as for the measurement sample 1-1. T2 of the measurement sample 1-2 was 0.701.
The film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 1 was calculated using the following formula, to find a value of 100%. The results are shown in Table 6.
Film residual ratio (%)=(loge T 2/loge T 1)×100
Evaluation Example 2 of Film Residual Ratio
A measurement sample 2-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T1) of the measurement sample 2-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 2 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio. T1 of the measurement sample 2-1 was 0.730. Next, a measurement sample 2-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T2) of the measurement sample 2-2 was determined. T2 of the measurement sample 2-2 was 0.740. The film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 2 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 95.7%. The results are shown in Table 6.
Evaluation Example 3 of Film Residual Ratio
A measurement sample 3-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T1) of the measurement sample 3-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 3 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio. T1 of the measurement sample 3-1 was 0.726. Next, a measurement sample 3-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T2) of the measurement sample 3-2 was determined. T2 of the measurement sample 3-2 was 0.751. The film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 3 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 89.4%. The results are shown in Table 6.
Evaluation Example 4 of Film Residual Ratio
A measurement sample 4-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T1) of the measurement sample 4-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 4 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio. T1 of the measurement sample 4-1 was 0.727. Next, a measurement sample 4-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T2) of the measurement sample 4-2 was determined. T2 of the measurement sample 4-2 was 0.727. The film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 4 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 100%. The results are shown in Table 6.
Evaluation Example 5 of Film Residual Ratio
A measurement sample 5-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T1) of the measurement sample 5-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 5 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio. T1 of the measurement sample 5-1 was 0.753. Next, a measurement sample 5-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T2) of the measurement sample 5-2 was determined. T2 of the measurement sample 5-2 was 0.761. The film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 5 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 96.3. The results are shown in Table 6.
Evaluation Example 6 of Film Residual Ratio
A measurement sample 6-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T1) of the measurement sample 6-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound 6 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio. T1 of the measurement sample 6-1 was 0.723. Next, a measurement sample 6-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T2) of the measurement sample 6-2 was determined. T2 of the measurement sample 6-2 was 0.724. The film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 6 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 99.6%. The results are shown in Table 6.
Evaluation Comparative Example 1 of Film Residual Ratio
A measurement sample C1-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T1) of the measurement sample C1-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound C1 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio. T1 of the measurement sample C1-1 was 0.702. Next, a measurement sample C1-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T2) of the measurement sample C1-2 was determined. T2 of the measurement sample C1-2 was 0.755. The film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound C1 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 79.4%. The results are shown in Table 6.
Evaluation Comparative Example 2 of Film Residual Ratio
A measurement sample C2-1 before immersion into xylene was fabricated and the minimum transmission (T1) of the measurement sample C2-1 was determined in the same manner as in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio excepting that a polymer compound C2 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Evaluation Example 1 of film residual ratio. T1 of the measurement sample C2-1 was 0.702. Next, a measurement sample C2-2 after immersion into xylene was fabricated, and the minimum transmission (T2) of the measurement sample C2-2 was determined. T2 of the measurement sample C2-2 was 0.785. The film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound C2 was calculated using the above-described formula, to find a value of 68.4%. The results are shown in Table 6.
TABLE 6
polymer film
compound residual ratio
Evaluation polymer  100%
Example 1 compound 1
Evaluation polymer 95.7%
Example 2 compound 2
Evaluation polymer 89.4%
Example 3 compound 3
Evaluation polymer  100%
Example 4 compound 4
Evaluation polymer 96.3%
Example 5 compound 5
Evaluation polymer 99.6%
Example 6 compound 6
Evaluation polymer 79.4%
Comparative compound C1
Example 1
Evaluation polymer 68.4%
Comparative compound C2
Example 2
These results show that the crosslinkability of the polymer compound 1 to the polymer compound 6 is more excellent than the crosslinkability of the polymer compound C1 and the polymer compound C2 because the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound 1 to the polymer compound 6 is more excellent than the film residual ratio of a film using the polymer compound C1 and the polymer compound C2.
<Example D1> Fabrication and Evaluation of Light Emitting Device D1
(Formation of Anode and Hole Injection Layer)
A glass substrate was attached with an ITO film with a thickness of 45 nm by a sputtering method, to form an anode. On the anode, a polythiophene.sulfonic acid type hole injection agent AQ-1200 (manufactured by Plextronics) was spin-coated to form a film with a thickness of 35 nm, and the film was heated on a hot plate at 170° C. for 15 minutes under an air atmosphere, to form a hole injection layer.
(Formation of Hole Transporting Layer)
The polymer compound 1 was dissolved at a concentration of 0.7% by weight in xylene. The resultant xylene solution was spin-coated on the hole injection layer to form a film with a thickness of 20 nm, and the film was heated on a hot plate at 180° C. for 30 minutes under a nitrogen gas atmosphere, to form a hole transporting layer.
(Formation of Light Emitting Layer)
The polymer compound E1 was dissolved at a concentration of 1.1% by weight in xylene. The resultant xylene solution was spin-coated on the hole transporting layer to form a film with a thickness of 60 nm, and the film was heated on a hot plate at 150° C. for 10 minutes under a nitrogen gas atmosphere, to form a light emitting layer.
(Formation of Cathode)
The substrate carrying the light emitting layer formed thereon was placed in a vapor deposition machine and the internal pressure thereof was reduced to 1×10−4 Pa or less, then, as a cathode, sodium fluoride was vapor-deposited with a thickness of about 7 nm on the light emitting layer, then, aluminum was vapor-deposited with a thickness of about 120 nm on this. After vapor deposition, sealing with a glass substrate was performed, to fabricate a light emitting device D1.
(Evaluation of Light Emitting Device)
When voltage was applied to the light emitting device D1, EL light emission having a peak at 450 nm was observed. The external quantum efficiency (EQE) of the light emitting device D1 at 1000 cd/m2 was 5.8%. The current value was set so that the initial luminance was 5000 cd/m2, then, the device was driven at constant current and the temporal change of luminance was measured. As a result, the time (LT50) until the luminance became 50% of the initial luminance was 10.7 hours.
Example CD1: Fabrication and Evaluation of Light Emitting Device CD1
A light emitting device CD1 was fabricated in the same manner as in Example D1 excepting that a polymer compound C1 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Example D1.
When voltage was applied to the light emitting device CD1, EL light emission having a peak at 450 nm was observed. The external quantum efficiency (EQE) of the light emitting device CD1 at 1000 cd/m2 was 5.2%. The current value was set so that the initial luminance was 5000 cd/m2, then, the device was driven at constant current and the temporal change of luminance was measured. As a result, the time (LT50) until the luminance became 50% of the initial luminance was 7.9 hours.
Example CD2: Fabrication and Evaluation of Light Emitting Device CD2
A light emitting device CD2 was fabricated in the same manner as in Example D1 excepting that a polymer compound C2 was used instead of the polymer compound 1 in Example D1.
When voltage was applied to the light emitting device CD2, EL light emission having a peak at 450 nm was observed. The external quantum efficiency (EQE) of the light emitting device CD2 at 1000 cd/m2 was 4.0%. The current value was set so that the initial luminance was 5000 cd/m2, then, the device was driven at constant current and the temporal change of luminance was measured. As a result, the time (LT50) until the luminance became 50% of the initial luminance was 8.4 hours.
These results show that the external quantum efficiency and the luminance life of a light emitting device using the polymer compound 1 are more excellent than the external quantum efficiency and the luminance life of light emitting devices using the polymer compound C1 and the polymer compound C2 respectively.
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
According to the present invention, a polymer compound excellent in crosslinkability can be provided. Also, according to the present invention, a method for producing the polymer compound can be provided. Further, according to the present invention, a composition comprising the polymer compound and a light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound can be provided.

Claims (10)

The invention claimed is:
1. A polymer compound comprising:
at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the following formula (1) and
a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (2):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00178
wherein
mT represents an integer of 0 to 5, nT represents an integer of 1 to 4, and cT represents 1, and when there are a plurality of mT, they can be the same or different,
QT represents a crosslinkable group represented by the following formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), and when there are a plurality of QT, they can be the same or different,
KT represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of KT, they can be the same or different, and
ArT represents a group obtained by removing from a benzene ring optionally having a substituent, a fluorene ring optionally having a substituent, a naphthalene ring optionally having a substituent, a phenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent or a dihydrophenanthrene ring optionally having a substituent (nT+1) hydrogen atoms attached directly to carbon atoms constituting the ring;
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00179
wherein
mA represents an integer of 0 to 5, and n represents 1 or 2, and when there are a plurality of mA, they can be the same or different,
Ar1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally having a substituent,
KA represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of KA, they can be the same or different, and
Q1 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, and when there are a plurality of Q1, they can be the same or different;
wherein Group A is a crosslinkable group selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00180
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00181
wherein RX L represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and nX L represents an integer of 0 to 5, and when there are a plurality of RX L, they can be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of nX L, they can be the same or different, and * represents a binding site, the foregoing crosslinkable groups each optionally having a substituent.
2. The polymer compound according to claim 1, wherein Q1 is a crosslinkable group represented by the formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17).
3. The polymer compound according to claim 1, further comprising a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (X):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00182
wherein
a1 and a2 each independently represent an integer of 0 or more,
ArX 1 and ArX 3 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
ArX 2 and ArX 4 each independently represent an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of ArX 2 or ArX 4, they can be the same or different at each occurrence, and
RX 1, RX 2 and RX 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of RX 2 or RX 3, they can be the same or different at each occurrence.
4. The polymer compound according to claim 1, further comprising a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (Y):

Figure US10336860-20190702-Brketopenst
ArY1
Figure US10336860-20190702-Brketclosest
  (Y)
wherein ArY 1 represents an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent group in which at least one type of arylene group and at least one type of divalent heterocyclic group are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent.
5. The polymer compound according to claim 4, wherein the constitutional unit represented by the formula (Y) is a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (Y-1) or a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (Y-2):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00183
wherein RY1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and the plurality of RY 1 can be the same or different, and adjacent groups RY 1 can be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached:
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00184
wherein
RY 1 is as defined above, and
XY 1 represents a group represented by —C(RY 2)2—, —C(RY 2)═C(RY 2)— or —C(RY 2)2—C(RY 2)2—, wherein RY 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and the plurality of RY 2 can be the same or different, and groups RY 2 can be combined together to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
6. The polymer compound according to claim 1, wherein the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) is contained in an amount of 0.1 mol % to 20 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound.
7. A method for producing a polymer compound comprising:
at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the following formula (1) and
at least one type of constitutional unit selected from the group consisting of constitutional units represented by the following formula (2) and constitutional units represented by the following formula (2′),
wherein the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) is contained in an amount of 0.1 mol % to 20 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound,
the method comprising:
a step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (2M) and a compound represented by the following formula (2′M), and
a step of end capping with a compound represented by the following formula (1M):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00185
wherein
mT represents an integer of 0 to 5, nT represents an integer of 1 to 4, and cT represents 0 or 1, and when there are a plurality of mT, they can be the same or different, and nT is 1 when cT is 0,
QT represents a crosslinkable group represented by the following formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), and when there are a plurality of QT, they can be the same or different,
KT represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of KT, they can be the same or different, and
ArT represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00186
wherein
mA represents an integer of 0 to 5, and n represents 1 or 2, and when there are a plurality of mA, they can be the same or different,
Ar1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
KA represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR″—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R″ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of KA, they can be the same or different, and
Q1 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, and when there are a plurality of Q1, they can be the same or different;
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00187
wherein
mB represents an integer of 0 to 5, m represents an integer of 1 to 4, and c represents 0 or 1, and when there are a plurality of mB, they can be the same or different,
Ar3 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group or a group in which at least one type of aromatic hydrocarbon ring and at least one type of heterocyclic ring are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
Ar2 and Ar4 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
each of groups Ar2, Ar3 and Ar4 is optionally bonded directly or via an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to a group that is attached to the nitrogen atom to which that group is attached but that is different from that group itself, thereby forming a ring,
KB represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′″—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′″ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of KB, they can be the same or different, and
Q2 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of Q2, they can be the same or different, provided that at least one Q2 is a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups,
wherein Group A is a crosslinkable group selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00188
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00189
wherein RX L represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and nX L represents an integer of 0 to 5, and when there are a plurality of RX L, they can be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of nX L, they can be the same or different, and * represents a binding site, the foregoing crosslinkable groups each optionally having a substituent,
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00190
wherein
mA, n, Ar1, KA and Q1 are as defined above, and
Z1 and Z2 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents,
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00191
wherein
mB, m, c, Ar2, Ar3, Ar4, KB and Q2 are as defined above, and
Z3 and Z4 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents,
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00192
wherein
mT, nT, cT, QT, KT and ArT are as defined above, and
ZT represents a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents:
Group A is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and a group represented by —O—S(═O)2RC 1, wherein RC 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
Group B is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a group represented by -B(ORC 2)2, wherein RC 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and the plurality of RC 2 can be the same or different and can be combined together to form a cyclic structure together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached;
a group represented by -BF3Q′, wherein Q′ represents Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs;
a group represented by —MgY′, wherein Y′ represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom;
a group represented by —ZnY″, wherein Y″ represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; and
a group represented by —Sn(RC 3)3, wherein RC 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and the plurality of RC 3 can be the same or different and can be combined together to form a cyclic structure together with the tin atom to which they are attached.
8. A polymer compound comprising:
at least one terminal constitutional unit represented by the following formula (1) and
at least one type of constitutional unit selected from the group consisting of constitutional units represented by the following formula (2) and constitutional units represented by the following formula (2′),
wherein the terminal constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) is contained in an amount of 0.1 mol % to 20 mol % with respect to the total amount of constitutional units contained in the polymer compound,
wherein the polymer compound is produced by a production method comprising:
a step of condensation-polymerizing at least one type of compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (2M) and a compound represented by the following formula (2′M), and
a step of end capping with a compound represented by the following formula (1M):
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00193
wherein
mT represents an integer of 0 to 5, nT represents an integer of 1 to 4, and cT represents 0 or 1, and when there are a plurality of mT, they can be the same or different, and nT is 1 when cT is 0,
QT represents a crosslinkable group represented by the following formula (XL-1), (XL-7), (XL-16) or (XL-17), and when there are a plurality of QT, they can be the same or different,
KT represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of KT, they can be the same or different, and
ArT represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00194
wherein
mA represents an integer of 0 to 5, and n represents 1 or 2, and when there are a plurality of mA, they can be the same or different,
Ar1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
KA represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR″—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R″ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of KA, they can be the same or different, and
Q1 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, and when there are a plurality of Q1, they can be the same or different
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00195
wherein
mB represents an integer of 0 to 5, m represents an integer of 1 to 4, and c represents 0 or 1, and when there are a plurality of mB, they can be the same or different,
Ar3 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group or a group in which at least one type of aromatic hydrocarbon ring and at least one type of heterocyclic ring are bonded directly to each other, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
Ar2 and Ar4 each independently represent an arylene group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
each of groups Ar2, Ar3 and Ar4 is optionally bonded directly or via an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to a group that is attached to the nitrogen atom to which that group is attached but that is different from that group itself, thereby forming a ring,
KB represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a group represented by —NR′″—, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, wherein R′″ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of KB, they can be the same or different, and
Q2 represents a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and when there are a plurality of Q2, they can be the same or different, provided that at least one Q2 is a crosslinkable group selected from Group A of crosslinkable groups,
wherein Group A is a crosslinkable group selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00196
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00197
wherein RX L represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and nX L represents an integer of 0 to 5, and when there are a plurality of RX L, they can be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of nX L, they can be the same or different, and * represents a binding site, the foregoing crosslinkable groups each optionally having a substituent,
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00198
wherein
mA, n, Ar1, KA and Q1 are as defined above, and
Z1 and Z2 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents,
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00199
wherein
mB, m, c, Ar2, Ar3, Ar4, KB and Q2 are as defined above, and
Z3 and Z4 each independently represent a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents,
Figure US10336860-20190702-C00200
wherein
mT, nT, cT, QT, KT and ArT are as defined above, and
ZT represents a group selected from Group A of substituents or a group selected from Group B of substituents:
Group A is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and a group represented by —O—S(═O)2RC 1, wherein RC 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent,
Group B is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a group represented by -B(ORC 2)2, wherein RC 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and the plurality of RC 2 may be the same or different and may be combined together to form a cyclic structure together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached;
a group represented by -BF3Q′, wherein Q′ represents Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs;
a group represented by —MgY′, wherein Y′ represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom;
a group represented by -ZnY“, wherein Y” represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; and
a group represented by —Sn(RC 3)3, wherein RC 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, the foregoing groups each optionally having a substituent, and the plurality of RC 3 may be the same or different and may be combined together to form a cyclic structure together with the tin atom to which they are attached.
9. A composition comprising:
the polymer compound according to claim 1, and
at least one type of material selected from the group consisting of a hole transporting material, a hole injection material, an electron transporting material, an electron injection material, a light emitting material, an antioxidant and a solvent.
10. A light emitting device produced by using the polymer compound according to claim 1.
US15/513,761 2014-09-25 2015-09-17 Polymer compound and light emitting device using the same Active 2035-12-19 US10336860B2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-194866 2014-09-25
JP2014194866 2014-09-25
PCT/JP2015/076390 WO2016047536A1 (en) 2014-09-25 2015-09-17 Polymer compound and light-emitting element using same

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20170283546A1 US20170283546A1 (en) 2017-10-05
US10336860B2 true US10336860B2 (en) 2019-07-02

Family

ID=55581063

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/513,761 Active 2035-12-19 US10336860B2 (en) 2014-09-25 2015-09-17 Polymer compound and light emitting device using the same

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US10336860B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3199565B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6652061B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102256228B1 (en)
CN (1) CN106715520B (en)
WO (1) WO2016047536A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102298164B1 (en) * 2017-10-30 2021-09-03 주식회사 엘지화학 Copolymer and organic light emitting device comprising the same
EP3512307B1 (en) 2018-01-10 2021-04-21 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Polymer material, material for electroluminescence device, composition, thin film, and electroluminescence device comprising the same
TW201945426A (en) 2018-04-26 2019-12-01 日商住友化學股份有限公司 Block copolymer and light emitting device using the same
CN112020779B (en) 2018-04-26 2024-09-17 住友化学株式会社 Light-emitting element
JP6866333B2 (en) 2018-08-16 2021-04-28 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド A polymer containing a fluorene derivative in which an aromatic amino group is substituted at the 4- or 5-position as a repeating unit in the main chain, its use as a hole transport material, and an organic electronic device containing the same.
KR102650117B1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2024-03-20 주식회사 엘지화학 Organic light emitting device
JP6545879B1 (en) 2018-10-10 2019-07-17 住友化学株式会社 Film for light emitting element and light emitting element using the same
KR20200069400A (en) 2018-12-05 2020-06-17 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Condensed ring compound, composition including the same and organic light-emitting device including thin film formed therefrom
JP2021063210A (en) 2019-10-15 2021-04-22 住友化学株式会社 Composition and light-emitting element containing the same

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997005184A1 (en) 1995-07-28 1997-02-13 The Dow Chemical Company 2,7-aryl-9-substituted fluorenes and 9-substituted fluorene oligomers and polymers
JP2008106241A (en) 2006-09-25 2008-05-08 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polymer compound and polymer light-emitting element using the same
JP2008231419A (en) 2007-02-21 2008-10-02 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Organic electronics material, organic electronics element using the same and organic electroluminescent element
US20090227765A1 (en) 2004-10-22 2009-09-10 Cambridge Display Technology Limited Monomer for making a crosslinked polymer
WO2010013723A1 (en) 2008-07-29 2010-02-04 住友化学株式会社 Polymer compound and light-emitting element using same
JP2010065213A (en) 2008-08-11 2010-03-25 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Charge transporting polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescence element, organic el display device, and organic el illuminating device
JP2010121133A (en) 2008-11-18 2010-06-03 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Thermosetting composition and printed wiring board using the same
WO2010140553A1 (en) 2009-06-01 2010-12-09 日立化成工業株式会社 Organic electronic material, ink composition containing same, and organic thin film, organic electronic element, organic electroluminescent element, lighting device, and display device formed therewith
WO2011078391A1 (en) 2009-12-25 2011-06-30 住友化学株式会社 Composition and luminescent element obtained using same
WO2013057908A1 (en) 2011-10-19 2013-04-25 出光興産株式会社 Cross-linking polymer and organic electroluminescent element using same
JP2013087217A (en) 2011-10-19 2013-05-13 Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd Crosslinked type polymer, and organic electroluminescent element using the same
WO2013146806A1 (en) 2012-03-27 2013-10-03 住友化学株式会社 Polymer compound and light emitting element using same

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110012751A1 (en) * 2009-07-20 2011-01-20 Ken Jones Message board system and method

Patent Citations (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11510535A (en) 1995-07-28 1999-09-14 ザ ダウ ケミカル カンパニー 2,7-Aryl-9-substituted fluorene and 9-substituted fluorene oligomers and polymers
WO1997005184A1 (en) 1995-07-28 1997-02-13 The Dow Chemical Company 2,7-aryl-9-substituted fluorenes and 9-substituted fluorene oligomers and polymers
US20090227765A1 (en) 2004-10-22 2009-09-10 Cambridge Display Technology Limited Monomer for making a crosslinked polymer
JP2008106241A (en) 2006-09-25 2008-05-08 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polymer compound and polymer light-emitting element using the same
JP2008231419A (en) 2007-02-21 2008-10-02 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Organic electronics material, organic electronics element using the same and organic electroluminescent element
WO2010013723A1 (en) 2008-07-29 2010-02-04 住友化学株式会社 Polymer compound and light-emitting element using same
US20110127516A1 (en) 2008-07-29 2011-06-02 Sumitomo Chemical Company ,Limited Polymer compound and light-emitting element using same
JP2010065213A (en) 2008-08-11 2010-03-25 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Charge transporting polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescence element, organic el display device, and organic el illuminating device
US20110198573A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2011-08-18 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Charge-transporting polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display, and organic el lighting
JP2010121133A (en) 2008-11-18 2010-06-03 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Thermosetting composition and printed wiring board using the same
US20120074360A1 (en) 2009-06-01 2012-03-29 Hitachi Chemical Company Organic Electronic Material, Ink Composition Containing Same, and Organic Thin Film, Organic Electronic Element, Organic Electroluminescent Element, Lighting Device, and Display Device Formed Therewith
WO2010140553A1 (en) 2009-06-01 2010-12-09 日立化成工業株式会社 Organic electronic material, ink composition containing same, and organic thin film, organic electronic element, organic electroluminescent element, lighting device, and display device formed therewith
WO2011078391A1 (en) 2009-12-25 2011-06-30 住友化学株式会社 Composition and luminescent element obtained using same
CN102686669A (en) 2009-12-25 2012-09-19 住友化学株式会社 Composition and luminescent element obtained using same
US20120306358A1 (en) 2009-12-25 2012-12-06 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Composition and light emitting device using the same
WO2013057908A1 (en) 2011-10-19 2013-04-25 出光興産株式会社 Cross-linking polymer and organic electroluminescent element using same
JP2013087217A (en) 2011-10-19 2013-05-13 Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd Crosslinked type polymer, and organic electroluminescent element using the same
CN103717636A (en) 2011-10-19 2014-04-09 出光兴产株式会社 Crosslinked polymer and organic electroluminescent device using the same
US20140231771A1 (en) 2011-10-19 2014-08-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Cross-linking polymer and organic electroluminescent element using same
WO2013146806A1 (en) 2012-03-27 2013-10-03 住友化学株式会社 Polymer compound and light emitting element using same
EP2832761A1 (en) 2012-03-27 2015-02-04 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Polymer compound and light emitting element using same

Non-Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Davis et al., "Surface Grafting of Vinyl-Functionalized Poly(fluorene)s via Thiol-Ene Click Chemistry," Langmuir, vol. 30, pp. 4427-4433 (2014).
Extended European Search Report dated Apr. 18, 2018 in EP Application No. 15843285.6.
Int'l Search Report dated Nov. 24, 2015 in Int'l Application No. PCT/JP2015/076390.
Office Action dated Dec. 20, 2018 in EP Application No. 15843285.6.
Office Action dated Jun. 22, 2018 in CN Application No. 201580050885.9.
Written Opinion dated Nov. 24, 2015 in Int'l Application No. PCT/JP2015/076390.

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102256228B1 (en) 2021-05-27
WO2016047536A1 (en) 2016-03-31
EP3199565B1 (en) 2023-03-22
EP3199565A4 (en) 2018-05-16
EP3199565A1 (en) 2017-08-02
US20170283546A1 (en) 2017-10-05
JPWO2016047536A1 (en) 2017-07-13
JP6652061B2 (en) 2020-02-19
CN106715520A (en) 2017-05-24
KR20170065553A (en) 2017-06-13
CN106715520B (en) 2019-05-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9741934B2 (en) Polymer compound and light emitting device using the same
US11021568B2 (en) Polymer compound and light emitting device using the same
US10336860B2 (en) Polymer compound and light emitting device using the same
US10301539B2 (en) Polymer compound and light-emitting device using the same
US20200194695A1 (en) Composition, phosphorescent compound, and light emitting device
US10128449B2 (en) Metal complex and light emitting device using the same
US10141514B2 (en) Composition and light emitting device using the same
US10497885B2 (en) Light emitting device and composition used for this light emitting device
EP3131131B1 (en) Light-emission element, and composition used therein
US10529934B2 (en) Metal complex and light emitting device using the same
US20170040538A1 (en) Light-emitting device
US20170194584A1 (en) Light emitting device
EP3171673B1 (en) Method for manufacturing light emitting element
US10825991B2 (en) Composition and light emitting device using the same
US10370484B2 (en) Polymer compound and light emitting device using the same
US10810929B2 (en) Method for driving light emitting element and light emitting device
US10700292B2 (en) Metal complex and light emitting device using the same
US11339134B2 (en) Composition and light emitting element device using the same
US20190341560A1 (en) Light emitting device, and metal complex and composition used in same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: SUMITOMO CHEMICAL COMPANY, LIMITED, JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SAKAKIBARA, KEN;SHIRATORI, MIO;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170125 TO 20170126;REEL/FRAME:041704/0336

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4